Home

User`s Manual Model DY Vortex Flowmeter (Integral

1. 4 291 Unit mm 59 2 32 59 2 32 WITH INDICATOR approx inch RUD ELECTRICAL 125 4 92 CONNECTION 018 E ELE A E eNA Ch S A EARTH ei 1 5 TERMINAL E a DS a Ee d C e E w 0 Y nim D m I cH cn Fa T gt N 2G I MA Y IM n BS ay aa c y L E H TYPE INTEGRAUREMOTE MODELCODE DYO15 DYO25 Eer BAI BA2 BAS BAS Ki BAI BA2 BAS BAS i BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 Bs2 Bs4 BS5 eps ca CA5 BJ BJ2 D I BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 BD4 CA cas L 180 5 12 160 6 30 130 5 12 140 6 51 160 6 30 150 591 190 7 46 150 6 91 170 6 69 190 7 48 14 6 0 58 25 7 1 01 D 95 3 74 95 3 74 115 4 53 88 9 3 50 95 3 3 75 95 3 3 75 12077 4 75 95 8 74 95 3 8 75 120 7 78 125 4 92 125 4 92 130 5 12 108 4 25 124 4 88 124 4 88 1494 5 88 115 4 53 124 4 88 149 4 5 88 H 278 10 94 z78 10 94 288 11 34 275 10 83 278 10 94 278 og zuer 11 46 278 10 94 278 10 94 291 11 46 295 11 61 295 11 63 97 5 11 91 286 5 1128 294 5 11 59 294 5 11 59 307 12 09 290 11 42 2945 11 59 307 12 09 Hi 12
2. Unit mm 59 2 32 59 2 32 ELECTRICAL approx inch 4 5 0 18 CONNECTION 125 4 92 s vie Ss A p RI EN S g EARTH D E 54 ei TERMINAL SS B i e t5 WE e M L TYPE REMOTE MODELCODE DYOTSILT DYO2S LT DYO25 HT PROCESS m Ld GONNEC TON Bai Baz BA4 BAS to Bat Baz Bad BAS to BJ BJ2 BJ4 Bst BS2 BS4 BS5 BD4 cas cas 1 BJ2 BJ4 BS Bs2 Bs4 Bs5 BD4 cas cas 130 160 130 140 160 150 6 91 190 150 170 190 5 12 6 30 5 12 6 51 6 30 748 6 91 6 69 748 C 14 6 0 57 257 1 01 B 3 95 15 8 amp 9 953 953 1207 95 953 1207 125 125 330 308 324 124 i494 115 124 1494 3 74 3 74 4 53 3 50 3 75 3 75 4 75 3 74 3 75 4 75 4 92 4 92 5 12 4 25 4 88 4 88 5 88 4 53 4 88 5 88 H 421 421 431 418 421 421 434 421 421 434 438 438 441 430 438 438 450 433 438 450 16 57 16 57 16 97 16 46 16 57 16 57 17 09 16 57 16 57 17 09 17 24 17 24 17 36 16 93 17 24 17 24 17 72 17 05 17 24 17 18 Hi 270 10 63 272 10 71 x 12 14 20 2 42 21 288 1 199 288 14 16 22 42 75
3. To be continued to next page Er record status 1 enum Flow over output Span set error Pulse out over Pulse set error Sensor fault Pre amp fault EEPROM fault Noise ratio K26 CR Maintenance data Velocity K30 Span velocity K32 Vortex frequency K34 Span frequency K36 MV Density K38 Error record K40 Err record reset Er record status 1 Er record status 2 MV Er record status 3 High vibration K45 RW Amplifier check Set vortex frequency K28 End Menu type number RW Menu type R Adjust User adjust H20 RW Reynolds adjust Not active CR Er record status 1 enum CR Er record status 2 enum CR Status group 3 enum Method RW Method Active Process density Gas expansion fact H30 Viscosity End Not active Active Flow adjust Not active D3 Er record status 2 enum Transient noise High vibraton Clogging Fluctuating RW Se Active Set point 1 data Set point 2 data Set point 3 data Set point 4 data Set point 5 data End F0916 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 21 R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read m Upload Download RW Rea
4. E E 5 2 N wo i i N S I I L gt TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DYO15 E1 DYO25 E1 BD1 BD1 CONCERN Bai BA2 Bad BAS to Bat Baz BA4 Bas to BJ BJ2 BJ4 Bst Bs2 Bs4 Bs5 BD4 CA4 BJ B32 Bua Bsi Bs2 Bs4 BS5 BD4 cas cas 190 t 48 14 6 0 58 25 7 1 01 95 95 15 889 953 953 1207 95 953 1207 125 125 130 108 124 124 1494 115 124 1494 3 74 3 74 453 3 5 8775 3 75 4 75 3 74 3 75 4 75 4 92 4 92 6 12 4 25 4 88 4 88 5 87 4 53 4 88 5 87 H 2655 265 5 275 5 2625 265 5 2655 278 5 265 5 265 5 278 5 2825 2825 285 274 282 282 2947 277 5 282 2947 10 45 10 45 10 85 10 33 10 45 10 45 10 96 10 45 10 45 10 96 11 12 11 12 11 22 10 79 11 10 11 10 11 60 10 93 11 10 11 60 H1 127 5 129 5 08 T 12 14 20 12 14 2 2 288 16 199 288 14 16 22 142 175 24 349 18 24 349 0 47 0 55 0 79 0 44 0 56 0 83 1 13 0 63 0 78 4 13 0 55 0 63 0 87 0 56 0 69 0 95 1 37 0 71 0 95 1 37 j 70 70 80 605 665 ees 826 65 665 826 90 90 95 79 2 89 89 1016 85 89 1016 2 76 276 3 15 2 38 2 62 2 62 3 25 2 56 2 62 3 25 3 54 8 54 9
5. 59 2 32 59 2 32 ELECTRICAL approx inch CONNECTION 4 5 0 18 125 4 92 OF TN Sa em c eo ei E S st EARTH ei c i X TERMINAL i D e e 1 a ALS o n Esch LUCK LOCK o3 co i T T gt N G SN y o D Gi e Go E TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DY150 HT DY200 HT PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BAS BD1 BD3 BA1 BA2 BA4 BAS CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 BD2 BD4 CA4 CAS BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4 CA4 CAS L 270 310 336 270 325 340 310 370 386 310 375 390 10 63 12 20 13 23 10 63 12 80 13 39 12 20 14 57 15 20 12 20 14 77 15 35 C 138 8 5 46 185 6 7 31 D 280 305 355 2794 317 5 356 381 285 300 356 381 330 350 3429 381 419 1 469 9 340 340 360 375 419 1 469 9 11 02 12 01 13 98 11 00 12 50 14 02 15 00 11 22 11 81 14 02 15 00 12 99 13 78 13 50 15 00 16 50 18 50 13 39 13 39 14 17 14 76 16 50 18 50 Shedder Bar Material X 583 595 620 582 601 621 633 585 593 621 633 640 650 646 665 684 709 645 645 655 662 684 709 A s 22 95 23 43 24 41 22 91 23 66 24 45 24 92 23 03 23 35 24 45 24 92 25 20 25 59 25 43 26 18 26 93 27 91 25 39 25 39 25 79 26 06 26 93 27 91 Shedder Bar Material B 590 602 627 589 608 628 640 592 600 628 640 647 657 653 672 691 716 652 652 662 669 691 716 S 23 23 23 70
6. Enter the parameter item Return to display mode Enter the data oputlem A IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released Press INC key F0504 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 5 5 5 3 2 Indicate the Total Rate in the Data Display Lower The display mode can be changed referring to Section 6 3 Parameters List Indication of engineering unit display Lower display is Blank Indicate 01 of lower the display 4 Press SET key m h U 1 1 Le Ensure the setting 2 data T U SET Enter to the setting mode pic ctn Enter to the parameter item Return to display mode Enter the data input A IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released Press INC key F0505 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 5 4 Setting Mode The setting mode is used for checking parameters and rewriting data The following is an overview of the setting mode A NOTE Refer to Section
7. 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 10 13 3 1 Option Multi Variable Built In Temperature Sensor Type MV This options is the same as standard specification except the following items Multi Variable Built in Temperature sensor Type Option Code MV Note1 High Process Temperature Version Multi Variable Type Option Code HT MV DY025 to DY100 Wafer Model code DY025 to DY200 Flange Temperature ee Mass Flow Calculation Function Notez E Volmetric flowrate at Standard Condition for GAS LIQUID GAS SATURATED SATURATED SUPERHEATED Fluid STEAM STEAM STEAM GAS Ger SUPERHEATED Note4 Note5 Note6 Note7 STEAM Note3 Option Code 5 m 5 T Calculation jy 100 to 250 C 100 to 250 C 29to 250 C 29to 250 C Temperature Oblsmeode Mass Flow _ Range E 100 to 330 C 100 to 400 C 29 to 400 C 29to 400 C HT MV Calculation Aecurac Option Code Y mv Note8 Notes Turn Option Code 29 to 250 C Temperature MV Range i Er s 29 to 400 C Temperature Option Code 0 5 C less than 100 C 1 C less than 100 C IMV 0 5 of rate 100 C or more 1 of rate 100 C or more Accuracy Option Code 1 C less than 100 C HT MV 1 of rate 100 C or more Temperature Response 60 sec 50 Response Churning Underwater Analog Output Select from Flow Rate or Temperature Note9 ouma Pulse O
8. B10 FLOW SPAN B20 CONTACT OUT completed 100 m3 h ALARM B15 DAMPING POS d g t If data setting is missing B20 CONTACT OUT press F3 key and rewrite SCALED PULSE the data DATA DIAG PRNT ESC PARAM Move the inverse video bar PARAM Setting is completed B10 FLOW SPAN to B20 CONTACT OUT B10 FLOW SPAN The screen returns to the 100 m3 h 100 m3 h preceding screen when the B15 DAMPING B15 DAMPING pan 4 sec A BG F4 ESC key is pressed B20 CONTACT OUT B20 CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE ALARM DATA DIAG PRNT ESC DATA DIAG PRNT ESC F0705 ai SET Pressing ENTER cause IMPORTANT B20 CONTACT OUT the data setup screen to be S SEM PULSE displayed After setting a parameter keep the power on for lt SCALED PULSE gt at least 30 seconds lt UNSCALED PULSE If the security screen 7 appears S If the power of flowmeter is turned off a enter the security code parameter setting is released SET Move the inverse video bar B20 CONTACT OUT to ALARM SCALED PULSE lt UNSCALED PULSE gt lt FREQUENCY ALARM gt IM 01FO6A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 8 1 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 A NOTE In this User s Manual HART protocol revision 5 and 7 are described as HART 5 and HART 7 respectively Note HART is a registered trademark of the HART Communication Foun
9. m mi us O T3 Yellow T 50 1 97 80 3 15 Figure 4 8 25 0 98 FO410 ai N NOTE In case that the cable end finish parts assembly is necessary after delivery contact your nearest Yokogawa sales office or the sales representative from which you purchased the product F0409 ai A CAUTION Do not touch the conductive layer black area covering the signal cables A and B to the converter case terminal and other leadwires If it is touched operation of the converter may be incorrect When the cable is terminated remove the conductive layer properly End Processing Method of DYC Signal Cable for Converter IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 6 Wiring Procedures and Precautions A NOTE Once all wiring is complete check the connections before applying power to the instrument Improper arrangements or wiring may cause a unit malfunction or damage 1 Lay wiring as far as possible from electrical noise sources such as large capacity transformers motors and power supplies Remove the terminal cover and dustproof plug of an electrical connection before wiring When you open the cover of explosion proof type turn the Locking Screw to the right and unlock When you close a cover after wiring be sure to turn the Locking Screw to the left and lock C Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx It recommends using an flexible metal conduit and a duct for waterproofing or external protection of an electric wire
10. Control room Inter mediate line terminals Receiving instrument load resistance 250 to 6000 F0701 ai Figure 7 1 Communicating for a 4 to 20mA DC Signal Line AA IMPORTANT The communicable distance of the transmission line is restricted depending on the wiring method Refer to Chapter 4 WIRING A IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released transmission 2 Connection of BT200 to Flow Converter Removing a cover and indicator the terminals for BRAIN communication are provided on the circuit board Connect BT200 to the terminal of HHT COM on the circuit board Display Indicator Mounting Screw 2 PCS Circuit board F0702 ai Figure 7 2 Connection of BT200 to Flow Converter IM 01F06A00 01EN lt 7 OPERATION FOR THE BRAIN TERMINAL BT200 gt 7 2 7 2 BT200 Screen and Displaying Flow Rate Flowrate data can be displayed on the BT200 Screen according to the following procedure WELCOME BRAIN TERMINAL ID Check connection Push ENTER key UTIL FEED PARAM 01 MODEL digitalYEWFLO 02 TAG NO lt 03 SELF CHECK GOOD Turn the power on and the Screen on the left Please wat is displayed for a few minutes Pressing the ENTER key c
11. 11 13 2 c Liquid Q Flowrate Us m 11 14 1 UV act 11 14 2 M Mass flowrate U 7p x Ux ag 11 15 1 U 7 481 x p x Ux ip 11 15 2 Note 7 481 is a conversion factor of U S gal into acf d User s unit Uz user Ur Density unit conversion factor U ao H U kb k scf U k acf k Nm3 Km factor Flow rate unit conversion 11 MAINTENANCE 11 7 3 Mass Flow calculation a c Steam In case of saturated steam mass flow rate is calculated from density values to temperature measured by using saturated steam table In case of superheat steam mass flow rate is calculated from density values to temperature measured by using steam table In order to measure superheat steam it is necessary to make constant pressure value A pressure values which is entered in parameter is used Gas In case of gas Volumetric flow rate at standard condition is calculated so Pressure Temperature correction is carried out Itis necessary to make constant pressure value A Pressure values at operational condition temperature and pressure value at standard condition which is entered in parameter is used PD T 273 15 lt 1 Q Q x Pre K IDE Liquid In case of liquid mass flow rate is calculated from which used to calculate the secondary function for the density value to the temperature A density value which indicated by the order sheet is used M p xQx
12. B DY300 ASTM CF8M B B Noted DY400 CF8M CF8M Note6 Note1 Select body code X for HY HT LT and NC Note2 Note3 Note4 Note5 Note6 Available to combine with TIIS Flame proof type JF3 or Multi Variable type MV The shedder bar code E is for TIIS Flame proof type JF3 only Select shedder bar code X for DYO25 to DY200 when you combine TIIS Flame proof type JF3 with HY HT LT or NC Wafer type Process Connection A DY015 to DY100 Flange type Process Connection B DY015 to DY400 Reduced bore type is Flange type only Shedder bar code X or B is selectable for DY150 HT DY150 NC DY200 HT and DY200 NC Select shedder bar code only B for DY250 HT to DY400 HT Available to combine with TIIS Flame proof type JF3 High Process Temperature Version HT and shedder bar code B as TOKUCHU IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 7 Gasket Material High Process x Standard Anti corrosion Temperature Cryogenic NACE Material Model Code Note1 Version Il HY Version HT Version LT NC DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 DY025 DY040 R1 DYO50 R2 JIS SUS316 JIS SUS316 DY040 DY050 R1 DY080 R2 stainless steel stainless steel with polytetra with polytetra a E DY050 DYO80 R1 DY100 R2 fluoroethylene fluoroethylene s m Ss Sr DYO80 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 YISSUS316 Teflon
13. B20 Off Method Scaled pulse Pulse rate Unscaled pulse ditto B21 Frequency Frequency at 100 B22 Alarm Flow SW Low On Setting level B23 Flow SW Low Off ditto Display mode Upper display B30 Lower display B31 Totalizer Total A30 CR Total start stop Total rate Total reset Analog out select B50 Volumetric unit en Liquid Volume Gas STD Normal or Liquid Mass is selected A message for thermometer type and Saturated steam Superheat steam Methodo set at another menu Process abort Now setting mode of thermometer Please A parameter selected in Thermometer Function Time unit End Gas Steam Volume ditto Ligiuid Mass Density unit Process density Mass unit Time unit End Gas Steam Mas ditto Gas STD Normal Flow span RW PV Dam B15 J RW Temp unit Process temp Base temp Pressure unit Process pressure Base pressure Deviation STD Normal unit Time unit F0807 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 8 8 R Read only CR Continuous read RW Read and Write M Method of
14. Temp unit Temp 0 RW Temp 100 RW Temp error out End Volumetric unit Amessage for thermometer type and Saturated steam Superheat steam Gas STD Nomal or Liquid Mass is selected Now setting mode of thermometer Please set at another menu Process abort A parameter selected in Thermometer Function Time unit End Gas Steam Volume ditto Ligiuid Mass Density unit C25 Process density Mass unit C27 Time unit C40 End Gas Steam Mas ditto Gas STD Normal Temp unit C30 Flow E C45 RW Flow rate damping value C50 RW Process temp C31 Base temp C32 Pressure unit C33 Process pressure C34 Base pressure C35 Deviation C36 STD Normal unit C37 Time unit End Method F0912 ai 9 16 IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type C DTM Basic setup Tags Tag Long tag Easy setup Contact output RW RW M Method Display mode Upper display B30 RW Lower display B31 RW Totalizer H
15. 1 00 WEIGHT kg b 88 88 123 85 97 nz 166 92 121 167 115 12 147 121 136 152 269 8 162 273 g 18 96 19 4 27 12 18 74 21 39 25 8 36 6 20 29 26 68 36 82 25 36 26 46 32 42 26 68 29 99 33 52 59 32 25 8 35 72 60 2 TYPE REMOTE MODELCODE DYOBO LT DYOBO HT DY100 LT DY100 HT PROCESS BAT BA2 BA4 Bas BD1 BD3 BA1 BA2 BM BAS BD1 Bos CONNECTION BJ BJ2 BJ4 BS Bs2 Bs4 Bss BD2 BD4 CA4 cas B M BJ2 BJ4 Bs Bs2 Bs4 BSS BD2 BD4 cas cas L l 200 245 200 235 250 220 240 280 220 270 285 7 87 9 65 7 87 9 25 9 84 8 66 9 45 11 02 8 66 10 63 11 22 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 WEIGHT kg Ib Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 27 B High Process Temperature Version HT DY150 HT to DY300 HT B Flange type
16. 1 18 1 12 1 62 2 44 2 75 0 94 0 94 1 18 1 34 2 50 2 81 J 240 260 295 241 3 269 7 292 317 5 240 250 292 317 5 290 305 298 5 330 2 349 3 393 7 295 295 310 320 3493 393 7 9 45 10 24 11 61 9 50 10 62 11 50 12 50 9 45 9 84 11 50 12 50 11 42 12 01 11 74 13 00 13 75 15 50 11 61 11 61 12 20 12 60 13 75 15 50 N 8 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 8 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 12 12 G 23 25 33 224 224 284 31 8 22 26 284 318 23 25 224 254 318 381 22 22 26 30 318 381 0 91 0 98 1 30 0 88 0 88 1 12 1 25 0 87 1 02 1 12 125 0 91 0 98 0 88 1 00 1 25 1 50 0 87 0 87 1 02 1 18 1 25 1 50 WEIGHT kg Ib 335 435 765 365 545 845 106 1 335 43 901 107 1 455 525 555 80 5 1361 1821 464 464 537 56 1391 183 1 73 9 96 0 168 7 80 5 120 2 186 3 234 0 73 9 94 8 198 7 236 1 100 3 115 7 122 4 177 5 300 0 401 5 102 3 102 3 118 4 123 5 306 7 403 7 TYPE J REMOTE MODEL CODE DY250 E1 DY300 E1 DY400 E1 PROCESS BAT BA2 BAT BA2 BAT BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 Bs1 BS2 BJ BJ2 BS1 BS2 Bn BJ2 BS BS2 L 370 14 57 400 15 75 520 20 47 3 230 8 9 09 276 2 10 87
17. Cable gland and adapters shall be of Ex d for Ex d installations Cable gland and adapters shall be installed So as to maintain the specified degree of protection IP Code of the flowmeter The grounding terminals are located on the inside and outside of the terminal area Connect the cable to grounding terminal in accordance with wiring procedure 1 or 2 Screw Za s Washer 1 Internal grounding terminal 2 External grounding terminal F1406 ai Figure 14 2 Wiring Procedure for Grounding Terminals 3 Operation A WARNING Wait 3 min after power is turned off before opening the covers Take care notto generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 4 Maintenance and Repair A WARNING The instrument modification or parts replacement by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the certification IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 11 5 Installation Diagram of Intrinsically safe and Note Integral type Non Hazardous Location Hazardous Location ER c 7 Name Plate Integral type Flameproof VORTEX FLOWMETER MWP MODEL STYLE K FACTOR a 29 TO 60 C SUFFIX RANGE T ss 6 14 13 T2 NO wore use mr VERSION ABOVE zez AFTER DE ENERGIZNG DELAY 3 MINUTES BEFORE OPE
18. F14 PRESS UNIT Pressure unit Select pressure unit from MPa abs 0 kPa abs 1 bar abs 2 kg cm a 3 psia 4 F15 PRESS f Pressure value Set absolute pressure values at operating condition IM 01F06A00 01EN F16 MASS UNIT Mass flow unit Select mass flow unit from kg 0 t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 The following items should be done in case of which F10 is GAS STD Normal F18 TEMP UNIT Temperature unit Select temperature unit from deg C 0 deg F 1 F19 TEMP b Temperature b Set temperature value at normal standard condition F20 PRESS UNIT Pressure unit Select pressure unit from MPa abs 0 kPa abs 1 bar abs 2 kg cm a 3 psia 4 F21 PRESS f Pressure value f Set absolute pressure values at operating condition F22 PRESS b Pressure value b Set absolute pressure values at normal standard Condition F23 DAVIATION Daviation factor Set the daviation factor F24 STD NOR UNIT Standard Normal unit Select Volumetric unit at standard normal condition From Nm3 0 k Nm 1 M Nm 2 NI 3 Sm 4 k Sm 5 M Sm 6 SI 7 scf 8 k scf 9 M scf 10 N Normal S Standard The following item should be done in case of which F10 is LIQUID MASS F26 DENSITY UNIT Density unit Select density unit from kg m3 0 Ib cf 1 Ib USgal 2 Ib UKgal 3 F27 DENSITY b Density b Set density value at standard condition F28 TEMP UNIT Temperature unit Select temperature unit from deg C 0 deg
19. Gas expansion fact H30 Viscosity Flow adjust End Not active RW Active RW Methodo Set point 1 data Set point 2 data Set point 3 data Set point 4 data Set point 5 data End F0809 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 10 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 8 R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write yx Device revision 4 0 or later M Method of HCF CL JUnique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type D2 Device information Manufacturer R Tag RW Descriptor RW Message RW Date RW Write protect R Revision numbers Universal rev R Fld dev rev R Software rev R Hardware rev R Final asmbly num R Dev id R Next universal rev R X Chng universal rev M sx MV Thermometer Function Method o Monitor only Saturated steam Mass unit F12 RW Time unit F35 RW End Superheat steam Pressure unit F14 RW Pressure unit enum Process pressure F15 RW Mass unit F16 RW Time unit F35 RW End Gas STD Normal Temp unit F18 RW Base temp F19 RW Pressure unit F20 RW Pressure unit enum Process pressure F21 RW Base pressure F22 RW Deviation F23 RW STD Normal uni
20. Te OT 1 PULSE TEM 1 OC 0 i o x o O O i Lo XO DYC Signal cable 1 Wire for T terminal With temperature sensor type installed Without temperature sensor type not installed Electrical parameters of vortex flowmeter DY and vortex flow converter DYA Ui Vmax 30 V li Imax 165 mA Pi Pmax 0 9W Ci 12 nF Li 0 15 mH Installation requirements between flowmeter converter and Safety Barrier UosUi losli PosPi Co2Ci Ccable Lo 2 Li Lcable Voc lt Vmax Isc2Imax Ca 2Ci Ccable La 2 Li Lcable Uo lo Po Co Lo Voc Isc Ca and La are parameters of barrier A WARNING n any safety barrier used output current must be limited by a resistor R such that lo Uo R or Isc Voc R The safety barrier must be CSA certified Input voltage of the safety barrier must be less than 250Vrms Vdc Installation should be in accordance with Canadian Electrical Code Part I Dust tight conduit seal must be used when installed in class Il and Ill environments Donotalter drawing without authorization from CSA F1409 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 14 Type n and Non incendive Hazardous Location lt j gt Non Hazardous Class IIC Zone 2 Location Class Il Division 2 Groups A B C D E F and G Class Ill Division 1 i Integral type General Purpose Equipment O Power 0 DY flowmeter 0 sUPPLY
21. 12 01 11 00 12 5 12 99 13 78 13 5 15 00 453 453 4517 4581 475 4825 477 8 4873 5095 517 5188 5315 561 5 574 5612 5803 6015 6115 608 627 17 95 17 95 17 78 18 03 18 70 19 00 18 81 19 19 20 06 20 35 20 43 20 93 22 11 22 60 22 09 22 85 23 68 24 07 23 94 24 69 Hm 272 10 71 279 10 98 301 11 85 318 12 52 333 13 11 16 18 191 224 18 22 239 284 18 24 239 318 22 28 254 366 22 30 284 411 0 63 0 71 0 75 0 88 0 71 0 87 0 94 1 11 071 094 0 94 125 0 87 1 10 10 44 0 87 1 18 4 11 1 62 j 120 120 1207 127 150 160 1524 1682 175 185 1905 2002 240 260 2413 2697 290 305 2985 3302 472 472 4 75 6 00 591 6 30 6 00 662 6 89 7 28 7 50 7 88 9 45 10 24 9 50 10 62 11 42 12 01 11 75 13 00 n 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 19078 19 23 19 224 19 23 19 224 zs 25 224 224 23 25 224 254 0 75 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 75 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 91 0 98 0 88 0 88 0 91 0 98 0 88 1 00 weent q 104 109 11 125 14 166 166 204 213 253 259 344 403 503 433 613 619 689 71 9 969 S 23 0 24 0 24 3 27 6 80 9
22. 36 6 36 6 450 47 0 558 57 1 758 88 8 110 9 95 5 135 1 136 5 151 9 158 5 213 6 Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 34 E Stainless Steel Housing DY015 E1 to DY100 E1 B Wafer Type ELECTRICAL CONNECTION Unit mm approx inch 32 5 EARTH TERMINAL 20 078 128 14 5 0 57 E A o S 8 e x s 5 2 9G rri le D C CO Kp D Be T y a LA i y N amp B E S gt L ben TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DYO15 E1 DYO25 E1 DYO40 E1 PROCESS ADI AD eh CONNECTION An ajo lau AA1 AA2 aad AD4 aut AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AM AD4 AJ AJ2 AJ4 AA1 AA2 AM AD4 L 70 2 76 70 2 76 70 2 76 B 35 1 38 35 1 38 35 1 38 c 14 6 0 57 257 1 01 39 7 1 56 p 35 1 1 38 50 8 2 00 73 2 87 H 235 5 9 27 2
23. 661 4 815 7 Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 28 B Reduced Bore Type R1 DY025 R1 to DY150 R1 B Flange type WITH INDICATOR Unit mm ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 74 2 91 59 2 32 59 2 32 4 5 0 18 125 4 92 eeneg b EARTH TERMINAL A eS fu KA N e E 3 S Es f r3 ei gt x x s zi 0 e 3 E 8 S e T E Y co A T N 2G Euh te rg j Y G o T 3 J u aC EP SEEN ey A 9 L be TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE MODEL CODE DYO025 R1 DYO40 R1 DYO050 R1 PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 150 5 91 150 5 90 170 6 69 C 25 7 1 01 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 cs 14 6 0 57 25 7 1 01 39 7 1 56 D 125 4 92 125 4 92 108 4 25 124 4 88 140 5 51 140 5 51 127 5 00 155 4 6 12 155 6 10 155 6 10 152 4 6 00 165 1 6 50 H 293 11 54 293 11 54 284 5 11 20 292 5 11 52 302 5 11 91 302 5 11 91 296 11 65 310 12 20 317
24. HOWE Cu hr 0072 004 UU he Un 2 04 m m UPPER LOWER Switching NORMAL Flow rate Total rate of setting INDICATION Alternately __fumber TZ 4 sec HART IN lel NA SENA GUN Ww a DEL o A qt on ILL HI m Beie Beni o ng II III Lact UU LI Lik UPPER LOWER ERROR INDICATION Flow rate Blank t SHIFT 2 sec This mode display can be selected When an alarm situation occurs below Upper display Flow rate Lower display Total rate or Blank E M RS occurred error number This mode is used to check parameter content and rewrite data This mode can be called up from the flowrate display mode by pressing the SET key Setting item and setting number changed when pressing SHFT can be key This mode can be called up by pressing SET key while pressing SHIFT key when setting mode is displayed Refer to Section 6 5 Self Diagnostic Error Code List about the error descriptions and this mode will replace the current mode flow rate or setting mode to show what type of alarm has F0502 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 3 Display Mode The display mode is a mode in which instantaneous flow rates or totalized flow are displayed In display mode there are three display modes as shown in Table 5 2 Table 5 2 Display Mode Name Contents Upper Lower Display Display Display Instantaneous flow Flow rate rate is O x displayed Engineerin
25. m bbl 11 k bbl 12 The following items should be done in case of which C20 is LIQUID Mass or GAS STEAM Mass C25 DENSITY UNIT Density Unit of Flow measurement Select the unit of density from kg m 0 Ib 1 Ib USgal 2 Ib UKgal 3 6 PARAMETERS 6 13 C26 DENSITY f Density at normal operation conditions Set the density value of the fluid at operating condition for mass flow unit C27 MASS UNIT Mass flowrate unit Select the mass flowrate unit from kg 0 t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 The following item should be done in case of which C20 is GAS STEAM Volume C30 TEMP UNIT Fluid temperature unit at operating conditions Select temperature unit at operating condition from degC 0 degF 1 C31 TEMP f Fluid temperature at operating conditions Set fluid temperature at operating condition The following items should be done in case of which C20 is GAS STD Normal C32 TEMP b Fluid temperature at standard normal conditions Set the values of Fluid temperature at standard condition C33 PRESS UNIT Pressure unit Select the unit of pressure BRAIN HART MPa abs 0 MPa abs 0 kPa abs 1 kPa abs 1 bar abs 2 kg cm a 2 kg cm a 3 bar abs 3 psia 4 psia 4 C34 PRESS f Absolute pressure at operating conditions Set the absolute pressure at operating condition C35 PRESS b Absolute pressure at standard normal con
26. 11 02 11 42 11 42 11 16 11 72 11 99 11 99 11 94 12 16 13 44 13 74 13 57 13 93 14 61 14 90 14 97 15 47 16 57 17 07 16 56 17 31 Ht 127 6 00 129 5 07 136 5 35 158 6 22 175 6 89 190 7 48 1 14 16 142 175 16 18 175 206 16 18 191 224 18 22 239 284 18 24 239 318 22 28 254 366 0 55 0 63 0 56 0 69 0 63 0 71 0 69 0 81 0 63 0 71 0 75 0 88 0 71 0 87 0 94 1 11 0 71 0 94 0 94 1 25 0 87 1 10 1 00 1 44 J 90 90 792 89 105 105 986 114 3 120 120 120 7 127 150 160 1524 1682 175 185 190 5 2002 240 260 241 3 2697 3 54 9 54 3 12 8 50 4 13 4 13 3 88 4 50 4 72 4 72 4 75 5 00 5 91 6 30 6 00 6 62 6 89 7 28 7 50 7 88 9 45 10 24 9 50 10 62 N 4 4 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 s 132 8 12 c 19 19 157 19 19 19 157 224 19 19 19 19 19 23 19 224 19 23 19 224 23 25 224 224 0 75 0 75 0 62 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 62 0 88 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 75 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 91 0 98 0 88 0 88 WEIGHT kg b 62 69 56 71 97 102 95 127 106 112 115 137 187 218 22 27 251 301 307 414
27. 2 81 J 240 260 295 241 3 269 7 292 317 5 65 65 66 5 82 6 290 305 298 5 330 2 349 3 393 7 295 295 310 320 349 3 393 7 9 45 10 24 11 61 9 50 10 62 11 50 12 50 2 56 2 56 2 62 3 25 11 42 12 01 11 75 13 00 13 75 15 50 11 61 11 61 12 20 12 60 13 75 15 50 N 8 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 8 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 12 12 G 23 25 33 224 224 284 318 22 26 284 318 23 224 25 254 318 381 22 22 26 30 318 381 0 91 0 98 1 30 0 88 0 88 1 12 1 25 0 87 1 02 1 12 1 25 0 91 0 88 0 98 1 00 1 25 1 50 0 87 0 87 1 02 1 18 1 25 1 50 334 434 764 364 544 844 106 334 429 90 107 454 524 554 804 136 182 463 463 536 559 139 183 73 65 95 7 168 46 80 26 119 95 186 10 233 73 73 65 94 59 198 45 235 94 100 11 115 54 122 16 177 28 299 88 401 31 102 09 102 09 118 19 123 26 306 52 403 52 WEIGHT kg Ib 78 100 90 125 100 128 140 178 265 308 300 370 171 99 220 5 198 45 275 63 220 5 282 24 308 7 392 49 584 2 679 661 4 815 7 DEE INTEGRAL REMOTE MOD
28. 327 322 5 331 8 354 361 5 363 3 376 406 4185 4057 4245 446 456 4525 471 5 11 34 14 34 11 08 11 64 11 71 11 71 11 66 11 91 12 58 12 87 12 70 13 06 13 94 14 23 14 30 14 80 15 98 16 48 15 97 16 71 17 56 17 95 17 82 18 56 H1 127 5 00 129 5 07 136 5 35 158 6 22 175 6 89 190 7 48 1 16 16 175 206 16 18 193 224 18 22 239 284 18 24 239 318 22 28 254 366 22 30 284 411 0 63 0 71 0 69 0 81 0 63 0 71 0 75 0 88 0 71 0 87 0 94 1 11 0 71 0 94 0 94 1 25 0 87 1 10 1 00 1 44 0 87 1 18 1 11 1 62 j 105 105 986 114 3 120 120 120 7 127 150 160 1524 1682 175 185 190 5 200 2 240 260 241 3 269 7 290 305 298 5 3302 4 13 4 13 3 88 4 50 4 72 4 72 4 75 6 00 5 91 6 30 6 00 6 62 6 89 7 28 7 50 7 88 9 45 10 24 9 50 10 62 11 42 12 01 11 75 13 00 N 4 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 6 19 19 157 224 19 19 23 19 224 19 23 19 224 23 25 224 224 23 25 224 254 0 75 0 75 0 62 0 88 0 75 0 75 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 75 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 91 0 98 0 88 0 88 0 91 0 98 0 88 1 00 were 7 3 8 77 89 101 1
29. Accumulator 2 5 S plunger type pump iai reduce fluid vibrations gou Ci Upstream Downstream Straight pipe Straight pipe 20D or more 5D or more Valve positon T type piping exist When pulsation causes by a T type piping exist install the valve on Relocating 2 777 T gt S the upstream of the flowmeter di EE cm T Example As shown in the figure when the valve V1 is turned off Flow the fluid flow throught B as to meter A the flow is zero But due to e the pulsating pressure is detected the meter is zero point become fluctuating To avoid this change the valve V1 location to V1 A Note In case of the Reduced Bore Type moisture may be remained upstream of the flowmeter Drain it appropriately Pressure and Temperature Taps Pressure tap Pressure tap outlet install this tap between 2D and 7D on the D downstream side of a flowmeter digitalYEWFLO Temperature tap Temperature tap outlet install this on the downstream side 1D to Upstream 2D away from a pressure tap Flow downstream Mounting Gasket Avoid mounting gaskets which protrude into the pipe line This may cause inaccurate readings Use the gaskets with bolt holes even if digitalYEWFLO is the wafer type When using a spiral gasket without bolt holes confirm the size with the gasket manufacturer as standard items may not be used for certain flange ratings digitalYEWFLO Pipeline Flange Pipeline
30. Calc flow rate P Simulation gt o flow rate Low cut Calc flow switch or Calc pulse freq Calc total flow rate E Simulation Total flow rate Test Status Status output Or Lo Test Pulse Pulse output Contact out setting Simulation items E J Output items Simulation Flow ef PV Range Test Analog Analog output Process temperature computing Calc process temp Y Compensate process temp e Simulation o Process temp Temperature Error check 9 10 Q Process Process density temperature D kee Y y Mapping Y y y Ca 9 sv DC v Io Simulation PV Range Loop Current Dh Loop Current Simulation Current output setting F0907 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 11 Simulation Setting and Correlation of Output Value Case A Without option code MV Simulation Output value Setting value Flow rate TotalflowrateC Process temperature Process density Contact output PV Range Loop Current Flow rate Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Total flow rate No Yes N
31. In this User s Manual HART protocol revision 5 and 7 are described as HART 5 and HART 7 respectively Note HART is a registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation HCF 9 1 HART Protocol Revision For the models with the output signal code J HART protocol revision 5 or 7 is selectable The protocol revision is set as specified in the order Confirmation by the name plate The HART protocol revision is shown by the last number of the serial number In the case of the communication code J The HART protocol revision is shown by the last number of the serial number 7 MPa at 38C RANGE NO EEN ao CE 0 5 HART 5 m7 HART 7 OJ doeaVvewrLo I TAG NO j VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER or Dt K FACTOR SUFFIX RANGE GIN XXXXXXXXX xr SUPPLY v YOKOGAWA Cc 4 Made in N200 C Oo mmm emm emm emm emm emm emm emm emm emm emm emm emm emm emm ef F0901 ai Figure 9 1 Name Plate 9 2 HART Configuration Tool and Matching of Device Revision Before using the HART Configuration Tool such as FieldMate confirm that the DD Device Description of the digitalYEWFLO is installed in the Configuration Tool before using DY and DYAHART 7 Device type 0x370B Device revision 10 4 IMPORTANT Protocol revision supported by HART configuration tool must be the same or higher than that of the device Protocol Rev supported by HART co
32. LT SB JF3 FS1 CF1 CS1 CF11 and CS11 The materials of exterior parts name plate screw bolts on the stainless steel housing and bracket u bolt nuts for DYA E1 and tag plate for E1 SCT are JIS SUS316 or SUS316L Note 10 The wetted parts materials conform to NACE material recommendations per MRO175 NACE Material NC can not combine with ASME welding documents submission WP Note 11 TO1 and TO2 can be selected only one code either Note 12 Refer to Subsection 13 3 2 Option Reduced Bore Type R1 R2 Table 13 3 Paint Color and Codes Codes Munsell Renotation Code Color o P1 N1 5 Black 0 P2 7 5BG4 1 5 Shade green S Operating range P7 Metallic silver g 20 E Table 13 4 Test Pressure Value 40 i Flange Rating Pressure 3 i i JIS 10K 2 1 MPa JIS 20K 5 0 MPa l i JIS40K 10 0 MPa 196 100 40 0 100 ANSI Class 150 2 9 MPa Fluid Temperature CC ANSI Class 300 7 5 MPa f Gef ANSI Class 600 14 9 MPa Figure 13 5 Fluid Temperature Range of Cryogenic Version ANSI Class 900 22 4 MPa DIN PN 10 1 5 MPa DIN PN 16 2 4 MPa DIN PN 25 3 8 MPa DIN PN 40 5 9 MPa 85 Operating range 160 644 4x4 HK LAT Ambient Temperature CC 100 200 300 450 Fluid Temperature C F1304 ai Figure 13 4 Fluid Temperature Range of High Process Temperature Version IM 01F06A00 01EN
33. mm DY040 40mm 25 25 7 mm Note 3 DY050 50mm 40 39 7 mm 25 25 7 mm DY080 80mm 50 51 1 mm 40 39 7 mm DY100 100mm 80 71 mm 50 51 1 mm DY150 150mm 100 93 8 mm 80 71 mm DY200 200mm 150 138 8 mm 100 93 8 mm R1 about 1596 increases to R2 about 2896 increases to Refer to Section 13 5 Detailed flow velocity flow velocity Measurable minimum Liquid Gas Steam Liquid Gas Steam Refer to Table 13 5 Range of measurable Refer to Table 13 6 Note 1 For accuracy refer to Section 13 5 Detailed Accuracy Cryogenic Version LT is not available Note 2 Flange type only JIS10K 20K BJ1 BJ2 and ANSI150 300 BA1 BA2 BS1 BS2 Note 3 High process temperature version HT and Multi variable type MV for DYO25 R1 and DY040 R2 are not available 13 4 Sizing The following items are the basic specifications In case of the definite sizing it is neccessary to check by the sizing software B Measurable minimum flow velocity Table 13 5 Relationship between Minimum Velocity and Density Model Code Liquid Gas Steam Note1 High Process High Process Temperature Temperature Standar d Type Version HT Standar d Type Version HT Standard Cryogenic Version Cryogenic Version Reduced Reduced High Process High Process Type Bore Type Bore Type ULT Note2 Temperature ULT Note2 Temperature
34. 12 Drawings 12 1 Installation Diagram Hazardous Location ZG Intrinsically safe Class I II III Division 1 Groups A B C D E F and G and Class I Zone 0 Group IIC C Non Hazardous Location Integral type Remote type DY N flowmeter Signal Cable DYC E i S 1 Wire for T terminal With temperature sensor type installed Without temperature sensor type not installed Electrical parameters of vortex flowmeter DY and vortex flow converter DYA Vmax 30 V Imax 165mA Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Installation requirements between flowmeter converter and Safety Barrier Revi Vt or Voc S Vmax It or IscSImax PoXPi Caz Ci Ccable LaZ Lit Lcable Vt Voc It Isc Po Ca and La are parameters of safety barrier Note 1 In any safety barrier used output current must be limited by a resistor R such that Isc Voc R Rev2 2 Any Single FM Approved Barrier of multiple barriers FM Approved for this configuration who s parameters meet the above installation requirements 3 Input voltage of the safety barrier must be less than 250Vrms Vdc Rev2 4 Installation should be in accordance with National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 5 Dust tight conduit seal must be used when installed in class II and III environments 6 Do not alter drawing without authorization from FM Rev 1 October 19 2001 Y Yamamoto Doc No IFMO19 A12 Pi Rev 2 November 5 2001 Y Yamamoto Dra
35. 1524 600 165 1 6 50 165 1 6 50 215 9 6 50 165 6 50 165 1 6 50 215 9 6 50 H 3095 12 19 3095 12 19 3195 1256 303 11 93 17 1246 317 12 48 3285 1293 3045 12 98 317 12 46 32655 1299 336 13 35 320 13 35 344 13 54 397 5 13 29 344 13 54 344 13 540 369 5 14 55 344 13 54 344 013 54 36955 455 Hi 136 5 35 158 6 22 T 16 0 63 18 0 71 26 1 02 1755 0 69 20 6 0 81 26 8 1 13 38 2 1 50 18 0 71 28 8 1 13 36 2 1 50 16 0 63 18 0 71 26 1 02 19 1 0775 22 4 0 88 31 8 1 25 44 5 1 75 20 0 79 33 5 1 31 46 1 81 J 105 4 13 105 4 13 120 4 72 98 6 3 88 114 3 4 50 14 3 4 50 124 4 86 110 4 33 114 3 4 50 124 4 86 120 4 72 120 4 72 130 5 12 12077 4 78 127 5 00 127 5 00 165 1 6 50 125 4 92 127 5 00 165 1 6 50 N 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 G 19 0 75 19 0 75 23 0 91 15 7 0 62 22 4 0 88 22 4 0 86 26 4 1 12 18 0 71 224 0 86 26 4 1 12 19 0 75 19 075 19 0 75 19 0 75 19 0775 19 0 75 25 40 00 16 0 71 19 0 75 254 1 00 WEIGHT kg lb 8 2 18 08 84 18 52 11 9 26 24 8 1 17 86 9 3 20 51 11 3 24 92 16 2 6572 8 8 19 4 11 7 25 8 16 3 35 94 11 1 24 48 11 6 25 58 143 81 53 11 7 25 8 13 2 29 11 14 8 32 63 265 58 43 11 3 2492 15 8 34 84 26 9 59 31 TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE MODELCODE DY080 DY100 PROCESS
36. 196 C to 449 439 C Use HT option above 250 C use LT option below 29 C for MV option Electrical data Supply and Output Circuit SUPPLY and PULSE and Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30 V dc Maximum Input Current li 300 mA Refer to Contact rating for pulse output Maximum Input Power Pi 0 9 W Internal Capacitance Ci 14nF Internal Inductance Li OmH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 X 1 5 female IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT Special conditions for safe use Precautions shall be taken to minimize the risk from electrostatic discharge of painted parts When the enclosure of the flow meter or the flow converter are made of aluminum if it is mounted in an area where the use of EPL Ga equipment is required it must be installed such that even in the event of rare incidents ignition sources due to impact and friction sparks are excluded The dielectric strength of at least 500 V a c r m s between the intrinsically safe circuits and the enclosure of the flow meter or the converter is limited only by the overvoltage protection 2 Installation WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code Usethe suitable heat resisting cables over 90 C for the digitalYEWFLO Model DY Series Vortex Flowmeter when the ambient temperature exceeds 60 C and or the process temperature exceeds 200 C
37. 239 818 22 28 254 366 22 30 284 411 0 63 0 71 0 69 0 81 0 63 0 71 0 75 0 88 0 71 0 87 0 94 1 11 0 71 0 94 0 94 1 25 0 87 1 10 1 00 1 44 0 87 1 18 1 11 1 62 j 105 105 986 114 3 120 120 1207 127 150 160 1524 168 2 175 185 190 5 200 2 240 260 2413 269 7 290 305 298 5 330 2 4 13 4 13 3 88 4 50 4 72 4 72 4 75 6 00 5 91 6 30 6 00 6 62 6 89 7 28 7 50 7 88 9 45 10 24 9 50 10 62 11 42 12 01 11 75 13 00 N 4 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 m 19 19 157 224 19 075 19 23 19 224 19 23 19 224 23 25 224 224 23 25 224 254 0 75 0 75 0 62 0 88 0 75 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 75 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 91 0 98 0 88 0 88 0 91 0 98 0 88 1 00 weent wl 77 79 76 88 10 105 106 12 1 136 162 162 20 209 249 255 34 403 503 433 613 ete ca 71 9 96 9 g 47 0 174 16 8 194 22 0 23 1 23 4 26 7 30 0 35 7 35 7 44 1 46 1 64 9 56 2 75 0 88 8 110 9 95 5 135 1 136 5 151 9 158 5 213 6 Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Integral weight is the same as Remote In case of with Indicator add 0 2kg The flow directio
38. 24 69 23 19 23 94 24 72 25 20 23 31 23 62 2472 25 20 25 47 25 87 25 71 26 46 27 20 28 19 25 67 25 67 26 06 26 34 27 20 28 19 ii Shedder Bar Material X 339 13 35 371 14 61 Shedder Bar Material B 346 13 62 378 14 88 T 22 28 44 254 36 6 544 62 22 28 557 63 6 22 30 284 41 1 62 69 9 24 24 30 34 63 6 714 0 87 1 10 1 73 1 00 1 44 2 14 2 44 0 87 1 10 2 19 2 50 0 87 1 18 1 12 1 62 2 44 2 75 0 95 0 95 1 18 1 34 2 50 2 81 J 240 260 295 2413 269 7 292 317 5 240 250 292 317 5 290 305 298 5 3302 349 3 3937 295 295 310 320 349 3 3937 9 45 10 24 11 61 9 50 10 62 11 50 12 50 8 45 9 84 11 50 12 50 11 42 12 01 11 75 13 00 13 75 15 50 11 61 11 61 12 20 12 60 13 75 15 50 8 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 8 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 8 12 12 TE 12 12 G 23 25 33 224 224 284 318 22 26 284 318 23 25 224 254 318 38 1 22 22 26 30 31 8 38 1 0 91 0 98 1 30 0 88 0 88 1 12 1 25 0 87 1 02 1 12 125 0 91 0 98 0 88 1 00 1 25 1 50 0 87 0 87 1 02 1 18 1 25 1 50 WEIGHT kg Ib 334 434 764 364 544 844 106 334 42 9 90 107 45 4 52 4 55 4 80 4 136 182 46 3 46 3 53 6 55 9 139 183 g 73 65 95 7 168 46 80 26 119 95 186 1 233 73 73
39. 30 V li 300 mA Pi 0 9 W linear source Ci 14 nF Li 0 mH Electrical connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female SS2 Note 1 Cryogenic Version LT is not available Note 2 For intrinsically safe approval use the barrier certified by the testing laboratories BARD 400 is not applicable IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 22 13 7 External Dimensions E Wafer type DY015 to DY100 WITH INDICATOR ELECTRICAL Unit mm approx inch CONNECTION 125 4 92 D A So ES NS o x EARTH 2 e TERMINAL S ei E wol v a e m Ke y UT o ch m I ES V a amp X B gt L je TE INTEGRAL REMOTE MODELCODE DY015 DY025 DY040 Ap Ap Ap PROCESS to to to CONNECTION An Ap asa am aaz aad apa aut AJ2 asa aar aaz AM aps aut AJ2 asa AM anz AM AD4 L 70 2 76 70 2 76 70 2 76 B 35 1 38 35 1 38 35 1 38 c 14 6
40. 354 2 13 94 D 400 430 4064 4445 445 480 482 6 5207 560 605 596 9 647 7 15 75 16 93 16 00 17 50 17 52 18 90 19 00 20 50 22 05 23 82 23 50 25 50 568 583 5712 590 5 620 5 638 639 3 658 5 745 7675 763 5 788 5 22 36 23 07 22 49 23 25 24 43 25 12 25 17 25 93 29 33 30 22 30 06 31 04 H1 277 10 91 307 12 09 374 14 72 24 34 30 2 47 8 24 36 31 8 50 8 28 46 36 6 57 2 T 0 94 4 34 1 19 1 88 0 94 1 42 1 25 2 00 1 10 1 81 1 44 225 J 355 380 362 3874 400 430 4318 4509 510 540 539 8 571 5 13 98 14 96 14 25 15 25 15 75 16 93 17 00 17 75 20 08 21 26 21 25 22 50 N 12 12 12 16 16 16 12 16 16 16 16 20 5 25 27 254 285 25 27 254 318 27 33 285 351 0 98 1 06 1 00 1 12 0 98 1 06 1 00 1 25 4 06 1 30 1 22 1 38 78 1 100 1 90 1 125 1 100 1 128 1 140 1 178 1 265 1 308 1 300 1 370 1 WEIGHT kg Ib 177 4 220 7 198 7 275 8 220 7 282 4 308 9 892 6 684 4 679 2 661 6 816 0 Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 37 E Stainless Steel Housing Redu
41. 46 564 495 718 S 13 7 14 6 12 3 15 7 21 4 922 5 21 0 80 1 23 4 24 7 25 4 30 2 41 2 48 1 49 0 60 0 55 3 66 4 67 7 91 3 101 4 124 3 109 1 158 3 Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS B Stainless Steel Housing Reduced Bore Type R1 E1 DY200 R1 E1 B Flange type 20 0 78 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 14 5 0 57 EARTH TERMINAL 13 38 Unit mm approx inch Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC S ES a I L L TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DY200 R1 E1 PROCESS BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 310 12 20 C 185 6 7 31 cs 138 8 5 46 D 330 12 99 350 13 78 342 9 13 50 381 15 00 y Shedder Bar Materiart E X 465 1831 475 18 70 471 5 18 56 490 5 19 31 Shedder Bar Material B 472 18 58 482 18 98 478 5 18 84 497 5 19 59 T Shedder Bar Material L E X 209 8 23 Shedder Bar Material B 216 8 50 T 22 0 87 30 1 18 284 1 12 41 1 1 62 J 290 11 42 305 12 01 298 5 11 75 330 2 13 00 N 12 12 8 12 G 23 0 91 25 0 98 22 4 0 88 254 1 00 WEIGHT kg Ib 58 8 129 6 7
42. BAT BA2 BA BAS B01 BD3 BAT DS BAt BAS BDI BD3 CONNECTON an BJ2 BJ4 BS1 B52 Bs4 pes BD2 BD4 cas cas Bt BJ2 BJ4 BS1 BS2 Bs4 Bs5 Bo2 Bb4 cas cas L 200 7 87 245 965 200787 235 0 25 250 9 84 220 8 66 240 9 45 280 11 02 220 8 66 270 1063 265 11 22 Cc 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 D 185 7 28 200 7 87 210 6 27 1905 7 50 209 6 8 25 209 6 8 25 241 3 9 50 200 7 87 200 7 87 209 6 8 25 241 3 9 50 210 6 27 225 8 90 250 9 84 228 6 9 00 254 10 00 273 10 75 292 1 11 60 220 8 66 235 9 25 273 10 75 292 1 11 50 H 3n a4 sres 14 90 383 5 15 10 374 14 72 635 15 10 36855 15 10 399 15 71 3785 1490 378 5 14 90 38355 15 10 399 15 71 396 5 1569 406 15 98 418 5 1646 409 16 10 4205 16 56 430 16 93 499 5 17 30 40855 589 41 16 18 430 16 93 4295 17 30 Hi 175 6 89 190 7 48 T 18 0 71 22 0 87 32 1 26 23 9 0 94 28 4 1 12 38 2 1 50 44 5 1 75 20 0 79 24 0 95 39 7 1 56 46 1 81 18 0 71 24 0 95 36 1 42 23 9 094 51 8 1 25 44 5 1779 50 9 2 00 20 0 79 24 0 95 46 1 81 52 4 2 06 J 150 5 91 160 6 30 170 6 69 1524 600 168 2 6 62 168 6 61 190 5 7 50 160 6 30 160 6 30 170 6 69 180 7 09 175 6 89 185 7 28 205 6 07 190 5 7 50 20022 7 88 216 8 50 235 9 25 180 7 09 190 7 48 216 8 50 235 9 25 N 8 8
43. DIV 1 Groups A B C D E F and G Non incendive for Class Il DIV 2 Groups A B C D E F and G Classlll DIV 1 Temperature Code T4 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process Temp T4 135 C T3 200 C T2 300 C T1 450 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Amb Temp 40 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector and Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Amb Hum 0 to 100 RH No condensation Enclosure Type 4X Electrical Parameter Vmax 30Vdc max 165mAdc Pmax 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female csi CSA Intrinsically safe Approval The approval specification is the same with CS1 Process Sealing Certification Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI ISA 12 27 01 No additional sealing required CS11 IECEx IECEx Flameproof Approval Note 1 Applicable Standard IEC 60079 0 IEC 60079 1 Type of Protection Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Temperature Class T6 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process Temp T6 29 to 80 C T5 29 to 100 C T4 29 to 135 C T3 29 to 200 C T2 29 to 300 C T1 29 to 450 C Use
44. For Explosion Protected Type 13 20 13 7 External Dimensions retenti runter non ek ona n ER auraa Y EES iais 13 22 IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 1 14 1 ATEX Vestis Fade a au F a DR Eo a Rea EL CA RR RE Feu B e Ra RR A ERE da Ra RE uas 14 1 14 2 E E ori cox RO REOR REL ET EES 14 5 14 3 MEG EX e M H 14 9 14 4 COSA oi ies sch aint facta eatur diio i d a EQ EE ED Ead ERAS ERR Cun Foro 14 12 14 5 Mee UE EET 14 15 15 PED PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE 15 1 INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT Revision Information IM 01F06A00 01EN 1 INTRODUCTION Thank you for purchasing the digitalYEWFLO vortex flowmeter To ensure correct use of the instrument please read this manual thoroughly and fully understand how to operate the instrument before operating it Regarding This Manual This manual should be provided to the end user The contents of this manual may be changed without prior notice All rights are reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without Yokogawa s written permission Yokogawa makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and suitability for a particular purpose All reasonable effort h
45. HT version above 250 C Ambient temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Ambient Humidity 0 to 100 RH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female SF2 IECEx Intrinsically Safe Note 2 Applicable Standard IEC 60079 0 IEC 60079 11 IEC 60079 26 Type of protection Ex ia IIC T4 T1Ga Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Ex ia IIC T6 T1 Ga Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex ia IIC T4 Ga Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Temperature Class T4 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter T6 T1 Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 40 to 80 79 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Option LT below 29 C for Option MV at T6 40 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Ambient Humidity 5 to 100 RH No condensation Process temperature T6 196 to 84 79 C T5 196 to 100 C T4 196 to 135 C T3 196 to 199 C T2 196 to 299 289 C 11 196 to 449 439 C Option HT above 250 C and Option LT below 29 C Option MV Signal Supply Terminals SUPPLY and and Pulse Terminals PULSE and Circuit Ui
46. Hi 301 11 85 318 12 52 333 13 11 459 49 8 486 48 6 574 612 651 644 644 612 612 67 708 7 amp 5 729 766 826 68 9 727 E Note 1 1 81 1 96 Not 4 91 1 91 Note 2 26 2 41 2 56 Not 2 54 2 54 2 41 2 41 2 64 2 79 3 09 2 87 3 02 3 25 2 71 2 86 554 60 1 587 587 693 739 7 amp 5 777 77 739 739 808 855 947 amp 8 925 997 831 87 8 F Note 1 5 18 2 37 Note 1 2 31 2 31 Note 1 2 73 2 91 3 09 Vete 1 3 06 3 06 2 91 2 91 3 18 3 37 3 73 3 46 3 64 3 93 3 27 3 46 i7 17 7 17 7 21 21 20 20 17 17 17 21 23 17 20 23 a7 21 G Note 1 9 67 0 67 Note 1 0 67 0 67 Note 0 67 0 83 0 83 ge 1 0 79 0 79 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 91 0 67 0 79 0 91 0 67 0 83 WEIGHT kg Ib 64 14 11 98 21 61 13 2 29 11 Note 1 The holes are not provided Note 2 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 26 B High Process Temperature Version HT DY025 HT to DY100 HT B Cryogenic Version ULT DYO15 LT to DY100 LT B Flange type
47. IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 4 3 INSTALLATION Table 3 1 c Straight pipe length and recommendations 3 Description Figure Heat Insulation When an integral type flowmeter or a remote type detector is installed and the pipe carrying higt temperature fluids is heat insulated do not wrap adiabatic materials around the installation the bracket DYO15 to DY100 or the nozzle DY150 to DY400 of the converter Note Refer to Section 3 4 Cryogenic and High Process Temperature Version Insulation and install it rightly IEEE digitalYEWFLO Bracket Nozzle Heat Insulator Heat Insulator 774 DY015 to DY100 DY150 to DY400 Flushing of the pipe line Flush and clean scale incrustation and sludge on the inside of pipe for newly installed pipe line and repaired pipe line before the operation For flushing the flow should flow through bypass piping to avoid damaging the flowmeter If there is no bypass piping install short pipe instead of the flowmeter digitalYEWFLO 4 II Short pipe B Mounting Precautions A WARNING In case of high process temperature care should be taken not to burn yourself because the surface of body and case reach a high temperature 1 Gas or Steam Measuring Precautions Piping to Prevent Standing Liquid Mount digitalYEWFLO in a vertical pipeline to avoid liquid traps When digitalYEWFLO is ins
48. Multi Variable y y Multi Variable Type Multi Variable Type R1 Note2 R2 Note2 Version Multi Version Multi Type MV MV MV Unit m s Variable Type Unit m s Variable Type i HT MV HT MV Unit m s Unit m s DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 N250 p N80 p or 3 DY025 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 N122 5 p N490 p N45 p or 2 4125 p or 2 DY040 DYO050 R1 DY080 R2 N90 p N302 5 p N31 3 p or 2 90 3 p or 2 DY050 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 N90 p N160 p A 31 3Ip or 2 N61 3 p or 2 DY080 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 N90 p N160 p N31 3 p or 2 N61 3 p or 2 DY100 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 N90 p N 160 p N31 3 p or 2 N61 3 p or 2 DY150 DY200 R1 N90 p A 160 p N31 3 p or 3 N61 3 p or 3 DY200 N122 5 p N202 5 p N45 p or 3 A 80 p or 3 DY250 A160 p N360 p N61 3 p or 3 A 125 p or 3 DY300 4160 p 360 p N61 3 p or 3 N125 p or 3 DY400 N 250 p 490 p A80 p or 4 A 125 p or 4 p Density at operating conditions kg m Liquid density range is 400 to 2000 kg cm Note1 The case of gas it is whichever is greater than a fixed value of each model and calculated from density Note2 Reduced bore type R1 or R2 are not available to combine for Cryogenic Version LT IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 12 E Range of measurable flow velocity Table 13 6 Range of measurable flow velocity Maximum Fluid Model Code Minimum flow velocity flow velocity DY015 DYO025 R1 DY040 R2 flow ve
49. Not available Not available No No Case B 1 2 3 gt Case B 1 2 3 gt No No Joe CasoB4 CaseB4 Not available Not available Case B 1 4 Case B 1 4 Case B 1 2 3 Case B 1 2 3 Process NO uer NO ot etta KEE es temperature Case B 2 3 Case B 2 3 Case B 4 gt Case B 4 gt Yes Yes Not available Not available Case B 1 3 4 Case B 1 3 4 Case B 1 2 3 Case B 1 2 3 No No No No Process density keen Case B 2 gt Case B 2 gt Case B 4 gt Case B 4 gt Yes Yes Not available Not available Yes Yes Case B 1 2 3 gt Case B 1 2 3 gt Yes Yes PV SES lt CaseB4 gt CaseB4 Not available Not available No Yes Case B 1 2 3 gt Case B 1 2 3 gt No Yes Loop Current CaseB4 CaseBd Not available Not available IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 12 3 Squawk Effective only when setting to HART 7 This feature can be used to identify the communicating device by remotely causing LCD to display the particular pattern as shown in the Figure 9 4 SQUAWKk continues for approximately 10 seconds then is released automatically Procedure to call up the Squawk display Root Menu Diag Service Squawk Method En Hu LOD DUU a rnc CRI DD a EC F0908 ai Figure9 4 Display for Squawk 9 10 6 Switching HART Protocol Revision When the output signal code
50. Refer to Figure 4 9 and Figure 4 10 The flameproof packing adapter option code G11 or G12 should be used for the external wiring of TIIS Flameproof Refer to INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT 2 C2 E Terminal Box Me AS AN SAX OK Steel Conduit Flameproof Converter wy ee Gd s YS De XX ere d Flexible Metal Conduit Drain Fitting F0411 ai Figure 4 9 Example of Wiring Integral Type and Remote Type Detector 4 WIRING 4 8 Steel Conduit for Flameproof Converter Flexible Metal Conduit Drain Fitting F0412 ai Figure 4 10 Example of Wiring Remote Type Converter Wrench B Coupling Clamp Nut Lock Nut Clamp Ring Packing Gland Washer Packing Wrench Union Nut E Lock Nut Adapter Body Apply a nonhardnening sealant to the threads for watweproofing F0413 ai Figure 4 11 Cable Wiring A NOTE Be sure to use the flameproof packing adapter option code G11 or G12 for TIIS flameproof type at the time of cable wiring work Refer to Table 4 2 Table 4 2 Flameproof packing adaptor Cable outer TT Diameter for Identification Option Code diameter Parts NO screw mark mm inch 28 0 to 210 0 G11 G11 16 8 10 20 31 to 20 39 G9601AM 210 0 to 212 0 G12 G12 16 10 12 20 39 to 20 47 IM 01F06
51. Selection of mass flow rate unit 0 D L t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 Indicate and Set only for F10 GAS STD Normal F18 TEMP UNIT W degC 0 Selection of temperature unit 0 D L deg F 1 F19 TEMP b W 999 9 to 999 9 F18 1 Standard Normal temperature 15 0 D L F20 PRESS UNIT W MPa abs 0 Selection of temperture unit 0 D L kPa abs 1 bar abs 2 kg cm a 3 psia 4 F21 PRESSf W 0 00001 to 32000 F20 0to5 Absolute pressure at operating 0 1013 D L condition Manual setting value F22 PRESS b W 0 00001 to 32000 F20 Oto5 Absolute pressure at Standard 0 1013 D L F23 DEVIATION W 0 001 to 10 000 3 Deviation factor 1 0 D L F24 STD NOR UNIT W Nm 0 Selection of volumetric unit at normal 0 D L k Nm 1 M Nm 2 NI 3 Sm 4 k Sm 5 M Sm 6 SI 7 scf 8 k scf 9 M scf 10 Indicate and Set only for F10 LIQUID Mass F26 DENSITY UNIT W kg m 0 Selection of density unit 0 D L Ib cf 1 Ib USgal 2 Ib UKgal 3 F27 DENSITY b W 0 00001 to 32000 F26 0to5 Density of standard condition 1 0 D L F28 TEMP UNIT W degt 0 Selection of temperature unit 0 D L IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS Item Name R W Data Range Unit pois Remark ee Disp U D F29 TEMPb W 999 9 to 999 9 F28 1 Temperature of standard condition 15 0 D L F30 1st coef W_ 32000 to 32000 1 F28 Oto5 1sttemperature coefficient 1 0 D L F31 2nd coef W_ 3
52. correctly at operating conditions Is output indicated when Yes K25 N B MODE is MANUAL Is there broken the sensor Replace the shedder bar and K26 NOISE RATIO is 0 Le Replace the AMP unit This case is due to coating of vortex shedder bar Check the shedder bar piping inner surfaces F1202 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 TROUBLESHOOTING 12 3 12 4 Outputis Indicated at Zero Flow f a built in indicator is attached check the display of the error code Connect a hand held terminal and check self diagnostic Yes y Check for recovery measures refer to Section 6 5 Self Diagnostic Error Code List Was a faulty area found with selfdiagnosis Is fluid flowing Stop flow Are parameters configured correctly at operating Configure the parameters correctly conditions Are the load resistance and supply voltage within the tolerance limits Adjust to within the tolerance limits Is digitalYEWFLO properly grounded Ground digital YEWFLO Adjust to low cut refer to Section just Roos low cut adjust 10 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode Does the tuning execute Execute the tuning refer to Section 10 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode Does high vabrations n Dinale Eliminate vibration noise using pipe occurs in pipeline support Are pulsati
53. 0 57 257 101 39 7 1 56 p 35 1 1 38 50 8 2 00 73 2 87 H 248 9 76 258 10 16 276 10 87 Hi 127 5 00 129 5 08 136 5 35 E 495 495 56 6 427 47 1 471 46 636 636 672 56 629 629 60 1 742 742 849 69 7 808 80 8 77 8 1 95 1 95 2 23 1 68 1 85 1 85 1 81 2 50 2 50 2 65 2 21 2 48 2 48 2 37 2 92 2 92 3 34 2 74 3 18 3 18 3 06 F 247 247 283 214 235 235 23 318 318 836 28 314 314 3031 371 371 424 34 8 404 40 4 38 9 0 97 0 97 1 11 0 84 0 93 0 93 0 91 1 25 1 25 1 32 1 10 1 24 1 24 1 19 1 46 1 46 1 67 1 37 1 59 1 59 1 53 G 13 i3 z 4 14 i4 i8 a7 az a7 u uz a7 i a7 uz 22 14 20 20 17 0 51 0 51 0 67 0 55 0 55 0 55 0 51 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 55 0 67 0 67 0 51 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 55 0 79 0 79 0 67 WEIGHT kg Ib 2 8 6 2 3 7 82 4 3 9 5 TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE MODELCODE DYO050 DY080 DY100 ADI cO ROCESS i to AD1 AD3 AD1 AD3 An AJ2 aja AM AA2 aag ada asi AJ2 asa AM AA2 AM AD2 apa asi AJ2 asa AM AA2 AM AD2 AD4 L 75 2 95 100 3 94 120 4 72 B 37 5 148 40 1557 50 1 97 c 511 2 01 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 p 92 3 62 127 5 00 157 2 6 19 H 307 5
54. 01EN 4 WIRING WARNING The wiring of the vortex flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring A caution Once all wiring is complete check the connections before applying power to the instrument Improper arrangements or wiring may cause a unit malfunction or damage 4 WIRING 4 1 4 1 Load Resistance of Output Condition Be sure to observe the following precautions when wiring A CAUTION When the ambient temperature of the wire exceeds 60 C use heat resistant insulated wire with a maximum allowable temperature more than ambient temperature 30 C or above Do not connect cables outdoors in wet weather in order to prevent damage from condensation and to protect the insulation Do not splice the cable between the flowtube terminal and the converter if it is too short Replace the short cable with a cable that is the appropriate length All the cable ends must be provided with round crimp on terminals and be securely wired Be sure to turn power off before opening the cover Before turning the power on tighten the cover securely Explosion protected types must be wired in accordance with specific requirement and in certain countries legal regulations in order to preserve the effectiveness of their explosion protected features The terminal box cover is locked by the Locking Screw In case of o
55. 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 41 B Flameproof Packing Adapter G11 G12 T1 16 5 0 65 M OR Packing Choose from the table below Adapter body M Screw O Ring Packing case Hexagon socket set screw Packing Hexagon socket set screw depend on cable outside diameter O Ring Unit mm approx inch Union nut Packing gland Clamp ring Clamp nut B coupling Cable user s scope Size Packing dimensions Identification Weight Cable outer diameter 1 T1 T2 C D L F G mark kg Ib 28 0 to 210 0 210 0 46 8 10 G1 2 G12 35 39 94 5 20 31 to 20 39 20 39 920 0 0 26 1 38 1 54 3 72 210 0 to 912 0 912 0 90 79 ET 0 57 20 39 to 20 47 90 47 IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 1 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT In this chapter further requirements and differences for explosion proof type instrument are described except TIIS Flame proof For explosion protected type the description in this chapter is prior to other description in this User s Manual A WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations 14 4 ATEX A WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial
56. 1 38 50 8 2 00 73 2 87 H 391 15 39 401 15 79 419 16 50 Hi 270 10 63 272 10 71 279 10 98 E 495 49 5 566 427 471 471 46 636 636 672 56 629 629 60 1 742 742 849 697 808 80 8 778 1 95 1 95 2 23 1 68 1 85 1 85 1 81 2 50 2 50 2 65 2 20 248 2 48 2 37 2 92 2 92 3 34 2 74 3 18 3 18 3 06 E 247 247 283 214 235 235 23 318 318 336 28 314 314 3031 374 371 424 34 8 404 404 38 9 0 97 0 97 1 11 0 84 0 93 0 93 0 91 1 25 1 25 1 32 1 10 1 24 1 24 1 19 1 46 1 46 1 67 1 37 1 59 1 59 1 53 m 13 33 47 14 14 44 13 a7 a7 az a4 17 az a3 a7 17 at 44 20 20 47 0 51 0 51 0 67 0 55 0 55 0 55 0 51 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 55 0 67 0 67 0 51 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 55 0 79 0 79 0 67 WEIGHT kg Ib 3 2 7 06 4 1 9 04 4 7 10 36 REMOTE MODEL CODE DYOSO LT DYOSO HT DYOBO LT DYOBO HT DY 100 LT DY100 HT PROCESS apt AP2 CONNECTION An Ajo asa AAT aaz aag AD4 aut AJ2 asa aat aaz AM AD2 apa aut asz ava AAT AA2 AM AD2 75 2 95 100 3 94 120 4 72 B 37 5 1 48 40 1 57 50 1 97 C 51 1 201 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 D 92 3 62 127 5 00 157 2 6 19 H 450 5 17 74 485 19 09 515 20 28
57. 1 a x T T x 102 a x DET pu dtu secu em 11 19 Footnote a k 1 x AT k 1 x AT AT x AT AT x AT x 10 a k 1 x AT k 1 x AT AT x AT AT x AT x 105 k 21 a AT x 10 a x AT x 10 AT T T x 1 2 IM 01F06A00 01EN 11 MAINTENANCE Where M Mass flow Q Volumetric flow rate at standard condition Q Volumetric flow rate at oprtating condition T Temperature at operating condition C CF T Temperature at standard condition C F T Measured temperature value C F P Pressure at operating condition kPa abs psi P Pressure at standard condition kpa abs psi K Deviation factor Density calculated by temperature value p Density at standard condition kg m Ib cf p Density at operating condition Us Density unit conversion factor Uer Unsen Uis Flow rate unit conversion factor a 1st temperature coefficient a 2nd temperature coefficient Example conversion factor in kg kg Ug 71 ton U ic 0 001 11 8 IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 TROUBLESHOOTING 12 1 12 TROUBLESHOOTING A CAUTION Please avoid replacing the amplifier unit from the case and the vortex shedder bar When these procedures are needed please contact the nearest Yokogawa office 12 1 Large Errors or Unstable Output If a built in indicator is attached check the display of
58. 12 48 317 12 48 315 5 12 42 322 12 68 H1 127 5 00 129 5 08 136 5 35 T 14 0 55 16 0 63 14 2 0 56 17 5 0 69 16 0 63 18 071 17 5 0 69 20 6 0 81 16 0 63 18 071 19 1 0 75 22 4 0 88 J 90 3 54 90 3 54 79 2 3 12 89 3 50 105 4 13 105 4 13 98 6 3 88 114 3 4 5 120 4 72 120 4 72 120 7 475 127 5 00 N 4 4 4 8 4 8 G 19 0 75 19 075 15 7 0 62 19 075 19 0 75 19 0 75 15 7 0 62 224 0 88 19 075 19 075 19 075 19 075 WEIGHTkg lb 6 1 13 4 65 14 3 55 12 1 7 15 4 9 5 209 10 1 223 94 207 12 6 27 8 10 5 23 1 11 1 24 5 114 25 1 13 6 30 0 TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE MODEL CODE DYO080 R1 DY100 R1 DY150 R1 PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 200 7 87 220 8 66 270 10 63 C 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 138 8 5 46 cs 51 1 2 01 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 D 185 7 28 200 7 87 190 5 7 50 209 6 8 25 210 8 27 225 8 86 228 6 9 00 254 10 00 280 11 02 305 12 01 279 4 11 00 317 5 12 50 H 354 13 94 361 5 14 23 357 14 06 366 5 14 43 383 5 15 10 391 15 39 393 15 47 405 5 15 97 433 5 17 07 446 17 56 433 17 05 452 17 80 H1 158 6 22 175 6 89 190 7 48 T 18 0 71 22 087 23 9 0 94 28 4 1 12 18 071 24 094 23 9 0 94 31 8 1 25 22 087 28 110 25 4 1 00 36 6 1 44 d 150 5 91 160 6
59. 15 55 C 138 8 5 46 185 6 7 31 280 305 355 279 4 317 5 356 381 285 300 356 381 330 350 342 9 381 419 1 469 9 340 340 360 375 419 1 469 9 D 11 02 12 01 13 98 41 00 12 50 14 02 15 00 11 22 11 81 14 02 15 00 42 99 13 78 13 50 15 00 16 50 18 50 13 39 13 39 14 17 14 76 16 50 18 50 Shedder Bar 453 465 490 452 471 491 503 455 463 491 503 510 520 516 535 554 579 515 515 525 532 554 579 p Materia L E x 17 83 18 31 19 29 17 80 18 54 19 33 19 80 17 91 18 23 19 3 19 80 20 08 20 47 20 31 21 06 21 81 22 80 20 28 20 28 20 67 20 94 21 81 22 80 Shedder Bar 460 472 497 459 478 498 510 462 470 498 510 517 527 523 542 561 586 522 522 532 539 561 586 Material B 18 11 18 58 19 57 18 67 18 82 19 61 20 08 18 19 18 50 19 61 20 08 20 35 20 75 20 59 21 34 22 09 23 07 20 55 20 55 20 94 21 22 22 09 23 07 Shedder Bar Materia L E X 209 8 23 241 9 49 m Shedder Bar MARE 216 8 50 248 9 76 T 22 28 44 254 36 6 544 62 16 16 19 9 28 8 22 30 28 4 41 1 62 69 9 24 24 30 34 63 6 714 0 87 1 10 1 73 1 00 1 44 2 14 2 44 0 63 0 63 0 78 1 13 0 87 1 18 1 12 1 62 2 44 2 75 0 95 0 95 1 18 1 34 2 50
60. 196 to 135 C T3 196 to 199 C T2 196 to 299 289 C 11 196 to 449 439 C Option HT above 250 C and Option LT below 29 C Option MV Signal Supply Terminals SUPPLY and and Pulse Terminals PULSE and Circuit Ui 30 V li 300 mA Pi 0 9 W linear source Ci 14 nF Li 0 mH Electrical connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female Note 1 The flameproof packing adapter G11 or G12 is necessary except the electrical conduit work In case the ambient temperature exceeds 50 C use heat resistant cables with maximum allowable temperature of 70 C or above Note 2 For intrinsically safe approval use the barrier certified by the testing laboratories BARD 400 is not applicable Note 3 Cryogenic Version LT is not available IM 01F06A00 01EN Item Canadian Standards Association CSA 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Specification CSA Explosion proof Approval Applicable Standard C22 1 98 C22 2 No 0 C22 2 No 0 4 C22 2 No 0 5 C22 2 No 25 C22 2 No 30 C22 2 No 94 C22 2 No 142 C22 2 No 61010 1 ANSI ISA 12 27 01 Type of Protection explosion proof for Class Groups B C and D Class Il Groups E F and G Class Ill For Class Division 2 locations FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRD Temperature Class T6 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Amb Temp 29 to 60 C Integral Ty
61. 2 Be used in compliance with the specifications marked on its certification label equipment name plate and precautionary information furnished 2 Electrical Apparatus of Flameproof Type of Explosion Protected Construction Electrical apparatus which is of flameproof construction is subjected to a type test and certified by the Japanese Ministry of Labour aiming at preventing explosion caused by electrical apparatus in a factory or any location where inflammable gases or vapours may be present The flameproof construction is of completely enclosed type and its enclosure shall endure explosive pressures in cases where explosive gases or vapours entering the enclosure cause explosion In addition the enclosure construction shall be such that flame caused by explosion does not ignite gases or vapours outside the enclosure In this manual the word flameproof is applied to the flameproof equipment combined with the types of protection e o i and d as well as flameproof equipment 3 Terminology 1 Enclosure An outer shell of an electrical apparatus which encloses live parts and thus is needed to configure explosion protected construction 2 Shroud A component part which is so designed that the fastening of joint surfaces cannot be loosened unless a special tool is used 3 Enclosure internal volume This is indicated by the total internal volume of the flameproof enclosure minus the volume of the intern
62. 2003 Certificate 1198227 Type of Protection Ex ia IIC TA T1 and Ex nC IIC TA T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex ia IIC T4 and Ex nC IIC T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ambient Process Temperature Code Temperature Temperature T4 60 C 135 C T3 60 C lt 200 C T2 60 C lt 300 C T1 60 C lt 450 C Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Degree of Protection of Enclosure IP67 Electrical Parameters Ui 30Vdc li 165mAdc Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female Type of Protection Intrinsically Safe for Class I II III Div 1 Groups A B C D E F and G Non incendive for Class I Il Div 2 Groups A B C D E F and G Class lll Div 1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ambient Process Temperature Code Temperature Temperature T4 60 C 135 C T3 60 C lt 200 C T2 60 C lt 300 C T1 60 C lt 450 C Temperature Code T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 C Enclosure Type 4X Electrical Parameters Vmax 30Vdc Imax 165mAdc Pmax 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 2 Wiring Explosion proo
63. 24 349 18 24 349 0 47 0 55 079 0 44 0 56 0 83 1 13 0 63 0 78 1 13 0 55 0 63 0 87 0 56 0 69 0 94 4 37 0 71 0 94 1 37 70 70 80 605 665 665 826 65 665 826 90 90 95 792 89 89 1016 85 89 1016 2 76 2 76 3 15 2 38 262 262 225 2 56 2 62 2 25 3 554 3 54 3 74 3 12 3 50 3 50 4 00 3 35 3 50 4 00 N 4 4 m 15 15 19 187 187 187 224 34 187 224 19 19 19 17 38 19 254 14 19 254 0 59 0 59 0 75 0 62 0 62 0 62 0 88 0 55 0 62 0 89 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 62 0 75 0 75 1 00 0 55 0 75 1 00 x 4 i 4T 5 j x 72 3 9 7 A K WEIGHT kg Ib 10 14 10 36 13 89 9 92 10 36 11 03 15 66 10 14 10 8 15 89 16 1 16 54 19 85 15 44 16 76 17 86 25 36 16 1 18 3 26 02 TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DYO40 LT DYO4O HT DYOSO LT DYOSO HT BD1 BD1 Deg Bat BA2 Bad BAS to Bat Baz Bad BAS to BJ BJ2 Bsa Bsi BS2 BS4 Bss BD4 cas cas By BJ2 BJ4 BS BP2 Bs4 Bss Bba cas cas 150 200 150 185 200 170 280 170 205 230 591 787 6 91 7 28 7 87 6 69 8 06 669 8 07 9 06 C 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 e 140 340 3160 127 1554 155
64. 284 IR1 R2 max 55 8 80 129 177 225 272 390 508 628 748 13 4 18 9 16 2 20 0 36 41 49 58 DY025 169 7 247 7 1209 1575 1945 2318 26 5 29 2 32 72 93 116 138 DY040 405 591 2884 3759 4640 5532 44 0 53 119 156 192 229 DY050 671 979 4778 6228 7688 9166 231 300 371 442 DY080 9224 12024 14842 17694 402 524 647 772 DY100 16102 20986 25907 30883 1322 1723 2127 2536 DY150 35258 45953 56729 67624 2364 3081 3803 4534 DY200 63043 82165 101433 120913 3655 4764 5882 7011 DY250 97489 127058 156854 186978 5235 6823 8423 10041 DY300 139614 181960 224633 267772 NUES 11472 14957 18468 22003 max 32217 47070 75834 104152 132193 160037 229449 299131 369366 440055 1 Maximum flow rate is the lower of 80m s 2 Minimum values are determined from Table 13 7 The values in parenthesis show the minimum linear flow rates Re 20 000 or 40 000 when they are higher than the minimum measurable flow rate IM 01F06A00 01EN B Reference Table 13 11 Inner Diameter and Nominal value Inner Nominal Nominal Pulse Model Code Diameter K Factor Rate mm Pulse L Hz m s Hz m h DY025 DYO40 DYOIS ma 14 6 376 62 7 104 DY040 DYO50 BREET Can Te 25 7 68 6 35 5 19 1 DY050 DYO80 DYG40 o aa 39 7 18 7 23 1 5 19 DYO80 DY100 DYo50 P Ve 51 1 8 95 18 3 2 49 D
65. 39 to 20 47 20 47 s Figure 4 12 Flameproof Packing Adapter option code G11 G12 4 7 Grounding AA IMPORTANT When a lightning protector option code A is selected use a grounding resistance of 10Q or less 1 The grounding terminals are located on the inside and outside of the terminal area Either terminal may be used 2 For pulse output version ground the flowmeter Also ground the shielded cable between the converter and the pulse receiver 3 Grounding should satisfy Class D requirements ground resistance 1000 or less 4 Use 600V PVC insulated wire for grounding Grounding Terminals Example Integral Type F0415 ai Figure 4 13 Grounding Terminal IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 5 1 5 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES Data setting can be performed with the three keys on the front panel SET SHIFT and INC or using a handheld BRAIN TERMINAL BT200 and HART communicator 5 1 Display Configuration Figure 5 1 shows the configuration of the digitalYEWFLO display panel if equipped f Data Display Upper 4 Unit Display 8 Alarm Display 2 Data Display Lower 4 Unit Display 5 Setting Keys F0501 ai Figure 5 1 Display Configuration Data Display Upper flowrate data setting data total data temperature data MV Q Data Display Lower total data alarm data temperature data MV Alarm Di
66. 44 11 89 12 00 12 44 12 85 12 85 13 05 12 81 13 05 13 05 14 06 13 05 13 05 14 06 H1 136 5 36 158 6 22 n 16 18 26 175 206 288 382 18 288 38 2 16 18 26 191 224 318 445 20 333 46 0 63 0 71 4 02 0 69 0 81 1 13 1 51 0 74 113 4 51 0 63 0 71 1 02 075 0 88 125 1 75 0 79 1 31 1 81 J 105 105 120 9 amp 6 1143 114 3 124 110 1143 124 120 120 130 1207 127 127 1654 125 127 1651 4 13 4 13 4 72 3 88 4 50 4 50 4 88 4 33 4 50 4 88 4 72 4 72 6 12 4 75 6 00 5 00 6 50 4 92 5 00 6 50 N 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 i 19 19 23 15 7 224 224 284 18 224 284 19 19 19 19 19 19 254 18 19 254 0 75 0 75 0 91 0 62 0 88 0 88 1 12 0 71 0 88 1 12 0 75 0 75 075 0 75 0 75 0 75 1 00 0 71 0 75 1 00 WEIGHT kg 1b 3 8 5 12 8 2 94 n4 163 89 18 164 12 117 144 118 133 149 266 114 159 27 g 18 3 187 26 5 18 1 20 7 254 36 0 19 6 26 0 36 2 24 7 25 8 31 7 26 0 29 3 32 8 58 6 25 1 35 1 60 0 TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DY080 E1 DY100 E1 PROCESS BAT Ba2 Ba4 Bas BDI Bbs BAi BA2 Ba Bas BDI BD3 CONNECTION BJ BJ2 B
67. 6 3 Parameters List Indication of flow lj D A Ensure the setting rate data Enter to the setting mode Span number is Enter to data number item Return to display mode Move the position to input the data 4 IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for atleast 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released Set 5 and indicate 150m3 h Press SET key F0508 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 5 8 B Input method of selection items Example 2 Change the pulse output to alarm output The setting mode can be changed referring to Section 6 3 Parameters List Indicate 03 of alarm output item Indication of 96 unit 4 Press SET key y T ly L Ensure the setting MA LI U a Ou ki Nee Enter to the setting mode Finish the parameter setting Enter to the parameter item Indicate 20 Return to display mode Enter to the data input item A IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a paramet
68. 62 6 61 7 50 6 30 6 30 6 61 7 50 6 89 7 28 8 07 7 50 7 88 8 50 9 25 7 09 748 8 50 9 25 N 5 8 8 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 e 19 23 23 19 224 224 254 18 18 224 254 19 23 25 19 224 254 318 18 22 254 318 0 75 0 91 0 91 0 75 0 88 0 88 1 00 0 71 0 71 0 88 1 00 0 75 0 91 0 98 0 75 0 88 1 00 1 25 0 71 0 87 1 00 1 25 WEIGHT kg ib 175 203 255 201 239 255 358 195 201 272 364 229 269 382 275 36 soo se 233 275 529 se7 38 6 44 3 56 2 44 3 52 7 562 80 0 43 0 44 3 60 1 80 2 60 5 59 3 84 2 61 0 79 4 112 2 123 4 51 4 61 20 117 0 125 0 Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC approx inch D IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 36 E Stainless Steel Housing DY150 E1 to DY400 E1 B Flange type Unit mm ELECTRICAL CONNECTION approx inch 32 5 EARTH TERMINAL 20 0 78 1 28 14 5 0 57 TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DY150 E1 DY200 E1 PROCESS BAT BA2 BA BAS BD1 BD3 BAT BA2 BA4 BAS
69. 9 4 9 10 3 Event Notification seen 9 7 IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 10 4 Multidrop Mode nens 9 8 9 10 5 Loop Test Simulation and Gouzawk 9 9 9 10 6 Switching HART Protocol Revision ccseeeeeeeeretteeteeetteetneeeneees 9 12 9 10 7 Other Operations for the HART Configuration Tool 9 13 9 11 Menu Tree HART 7 ET 9 14 10 OPERATION scier cErineUs Une ai ra ea aea aa S2 ocean uud ra cU sna c ERR cs 10 1 10 1 LTE PEDES 10 1 10 1 1 Zero Adjustment io enia i faic enn odo dons 10 1 10 1 2 Span Adjustment 10 1 10 1 3 Boer 10 1 10 1 4 Totalizer Start and Totalizer Reset ssssssssssssss 10 2 10 1 5 Setting of Pulse Output Scaling essscscsscsososnsonososiass 10 2 10 1 6 Setting of Burnout Switch sse 10 2 10 1 7 Setting of Write Protect Switch seeee 10 3 10 1 8 Power FallUt amp z ci sette Et t E eR NER T REOS deg 10 3 10 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode eene 10 3 10 2 1 Low Cut Adjustment 10 3 10 2 2 74 joNHT aio 10 3 11 MAINTENANCE tenente treten ttt tnt test reenn rrene 11 1 11 1 Changing the Converter and the Terminal Box Orientation 11 2 11 2 Indicator Removal and Rotation eese 11 3 11 3 Amplifier Unit Removal irren neuen than unnm nn chus 11 3 11 4
70. Amplifier Unit Assembling eere 11 3 11 5 Vortex Shedder Removal eeeeseeseeeeeeeeeneen nnne nnne 11 4 11 6 Flow Calculation etuer nennt rnnt ntn hn n une huno dda aaa ddaiar anai 11 6 12 TROUBLESHOOTING eene tentent tenens 12 1 12 1 Large Errors or Unstable Output eese 12 1 12 2 The Indication Goes to Zero at Certain Time sss 12 1 12 3 No Output When The Fluid is Flowing eene 12 2 12 4 Output is Indicated at Zero Flow eeeeeeeeeeeeeenenee 12 3 12 5 Multi Variable Type MV eeeereennrenrnn nennen 12 4 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 2cut tain nu cpxa ana n kan pax cR CREuU EE 2xRuE Ie nena nnna 13 1 13 1 Standard Specifications eet rra nini ne tran taa np ens 13 1 13 2 Model And Suffix Codes nere retinet tenant a usiana viavia 13 5 13 3 Option Specifications eccceeeceeseeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseeesseeeeseeeesaeeeeeeeeeseeenseees 13 8 13 3 1 Option Multi Variable Built In Temperature Sensor Idam vee stduece 13 10 13 3 2 Option Reduced Bore Type R1 R2 sss 13 11 13 4 El e 13 11 13 5 Detailed ACCURACY sic 13 13 13 6 Option Specifications
71. Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst mode enum Off Wired HART Enabled Update period enum WER 1s 2s 4s 8s 16s 32s 1 min 5 min 10 min 15 min 30 min Flow span B10 Out limit H D30 Bum out DS Loop current mode Channel flags Contact output M Display mode Upper display B30 Lower display B31 Totalizer Total A30 Total start stop B40 Total rate B45 Total reset B47 HART output Poll addr Loop current mode Num req preams Num resp preams Burst condition Loop current mode enum W W W a Burst message 1 Burst mode Burst command Burst device variables Set Burst Trigger Set Burst Period Burst trigger mode Burst trigger level Update period Max update period Burst message 2 45 min 60 min Burst message 3 Burst command enum Cmd 1 PV Cmd 2 range current Cmd 3 Dyn vars current Cmd 9 Device vars w status Cmd 33 Device variables Cmd 48 Read Additional Device Status ditto ditto 18 RW Burst mode enum RW Burst command enum RW Burst device variables enum Update period enum Update period enum M M R R R R F0914 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 19 9 O
72. CODE DY100 HT R1 DY150 HT R1 PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION Bi BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 220 8 66 270 10 63 c 93 8 3 69 138 8 5 46 cs 71 2 79 93 8 3 69 D 210 8 27 225 8 86 228 6 9 00 254 10 00 280 11 02 305 1201 279 4 11 00 317 5 12 50 H 526 5 20 73 534 21 02 536 21 10 548 5 21 59 576 5 22 70 589 23 19 576 22 68 595 5 23 44 m 318 12 52 333 13 11 T 180 71 24 0 94 23 9 0 94 318 125 220 87 28 1 10 25 4 1 00 36 6 1 44 J 175 6 89 185 728 190 5 7 50 200 2 7 88 240 9 45 260 10 24 241 3 9 50 269 7 10 62 N 8 8 12 8 12 G 19075 23 0 91 19 0 75 224 088 23 091 25 098 224 088 22 4 0 88 WEIGHTkg b 25 4 56 0 304 670 31 68 3 414 91 3 45 9 1012 56 3 124 1 49 4 108 9 71 7 158 1 IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 31 B High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type HT R1 DY200 HT R1 B Flange type ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL 125 4 92 87 5 344 Unit mm approx inch A a e b ea o N G x Ka a j F CS 7 bk E ES A 1 d f Ud P i a H SO
73. D frequency K30 VELOCITY R m s 2 Velocity D K32 SPAN V R Hz 2 Span velocity D K34 VORTEXFREQ R Hz 0to5 Vortex frequency D K36 SPAN F R 0to5 Span frequency D Indicate only for F10 Saturated Steam Superheat Steam LIQUID Mass K38 DENSITY R 0 00001 to 32000 D25 Oto5 Density value Calculated by D Thermometer K40 ERRORRECORD R Error Records K45 H VIBRATION W 0 0 Selection of Output Function when 1 9 NO ACTION 1 High Vibration error is indicated K50 SOFTWARE REV R 0 01 to 99 99 2 Software Revision Number K60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR IMV Multi Variable Build in Temperature Sensor Type 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 2 Available for 5 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 3 If 7 00 or less version that can be checked in K50 Initial Value is 0 10 Item M Memo These items are for Memorandum Item Name R W Data Range Unit Decimal Remark Initial Disp U D Point Value M00 MEMO Menu M Memo M10 MEMO 1 W 16 characters W Memorandum 1 M20 MEMO 2 W 16 characters W Memorandum 2 M30 MEMO 3 W 16 characters W Memorandum 3 M60 SELF CHECK R GOOD R Self diagnostic message ERROR 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 2 Available characters are same as C10 Refer to Section 6 4 Parameters Description IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 4
74. DTM which is suitable to new protocol revision of device is installed in the configuration tool Refer to Section 8 1 HART Protocol Revision and Section 8 2 HART Configuration Tool and Matching of Device Revision 1 Call up the parameter for protocol revision change Call up the parameter for protocol revision change Procedure to call up the Chng universal rev display Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Revision numbers Chng universal rev 2 Active the parameter for protocol revision change Active the Chng universal rev method A IMPORTANT The message is displayed to separate the device from the automatic control loop Confirm that the device is separated 3 Set the protocol revision number Input the new revision number An input column for new protocol revision number is displayed Input the new HART protocol revision number of 5 for HART 5 or 7 for HART 7 Confirm the revision number in the Next universal rev Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Revision numbers Next universal rev 4 Applying the new protocol revision a Close the configuration tool After completion of Chng universal rev method close the HART configuration tool IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 AN NOTE When using a Fieldmate close the main display of FieldMate b Restart the device Turn off the power to th
75. Dynamic P Factory Variable Choice items Setting PV Flow rate Temperature Instantaneous Flowrate SV Flow rate Total Temperature Density Total Flowrate TV Flow rate Total Temperature Density Fluid Temperature QV Flow rate Total Temperature Density Fluid Density Procedure to call up the Dynamic variable assignments Root Menu Detailed setup Configure outputs HART output gt Dynamic variable assignments PV is i gt SV is TV is QV is Chng dyn var assign METHOD F0905 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 4 Update time period of each measurement value is 1 Burst Message as follows The parameters for Burst Message are as Flow rate Flow rate Update time period follows Total Total Update time period l Transmit data command parameters of Burst Temperature Temperature Update time period Command Density Density Update time period e Device variables 9 10 2 Burst Mode Update period Transmit condition choice in Burst Msg Trigger When the Burst mode is enabled the device Mode continuously sends up to three data listed in Table R ferto Table 94 forthe combination between 9 1 i command parameter and transmit condition Root Menu Detailed setup Configure outputs HART output Burst Condition When the Burst mode is set to Wired HART Enabled the device continuously
76. E41 K FACTOR K factor The flowmeter name plate includes a K factor KM at 15 C for the combined detector 6 PARAMETERS 6 15 E50 DETECTOR NO Detector number of flowmeter Set the serial number using 16 alphanumeric characters of the detector combined converter 6 Item F Thermometer These items are for setting of thermometer and available when build in thermometer type Option code MV F10 Function Thermometer function Select the thermometer function Monitor only 0 Only temperature measurement Saturated Steam 1 Mass Flow rate is calculated from density values by temperature measurement using saturated steam table Superheat Steam 2 Mass Flow rate is calculated from density values by temperature measured by using steam table In order to measure superheat Steam It is necessary to make constant pressure value GAS STD Normal 3 Volumetric flow rate at standard condition is calculated by using Pressure Temperature correction It is necessary to male constant pressure value Mass flow rate is calculated by using the density change values depend on temperature values by which the secondary order function is used LIQUID Mass 4 The following item should be done in case of which F10 is Saturated steam F12 MASS UNIT Mass flow unit Select mass rate unit from kg 0 t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 The following items should be done in case of which F10 is Superheat steam
77. ESC Returns to the most recent display HOME Displays the menu panel NO Quits setup and returns to the previous display OK Proceeds to the next panel PRAM Enters the parameter number setup mode SET Displays the SET menu SLOT Returns to the slot selection panel UTIL Calls the utility panel COPY Prints out parameters on display FEED Paper feed LIST Lists all parameters in the menu PON POFF Automatic printout mode on or off PRNT Changes to the print mode GO Starts printing STOP Cancels printing Available on BT200 P00 with printer IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 OPERATION FOR THE BRAIN TERMINAL BT200 gt 7 3 7 3 Setting Parameters using BT200 This section describes the setting method using a BRAIN TERMINAL BT200 For details on the method refer to Section 6 3 Parameters List and Section 6 4 Parameters Description 1 Setting Flow Span Example Change flow span 100m h to 150m h MENU A DISPLAY B EASY SETUP C BASIC SETUP D E H AUX SETUP METER SETUP ADJUST HOME SET ADJ ESC Enter menu item and press i key Move the inverse video bar to B EASY SETUP or ENTER PARAM B10 FLOW SPAN 100 m3 h B15 DAMPING 4 sec B20 CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE DATA DIAG PRNT ESC Move the inverse video bar to B10 FLOW SPAN SET B10 FLOW SPAN 100 m3 h 0 The data setup screen is displayed If the security screen is displayed enter
78. Electrical Connection Electrical 1 Insert two stud bolts in the bolt holes Connection on the flowmeter shoulder to align the instrument body with the inner diameter of the adjacent piping 2 Tighten all bolts uniformly and check that there is no leakage between the instrument and the flanges Flow Direction F0312 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 INSTALLATION Table 3 3 b Installation of Flange Type Vortex Flowmeter Flange type Use the stud bolts and nuts supplied with the flowmeter of the user The gaskets should be supplied by the user A CAUTION The inside diameter of the gasket must be larger than the pipe inner diameter so that it will not disturb the flow in the pipeline Description Horizontal Installation Flow Direction Stud Bolt Gasket Gasket Flow Direction Vertical Installation F0313 ai Table 3 3 c Installation of Remote Type Converter Remote type converter A CAUTION A signal cable DYC is used between the remote type flowmeter and the converter The maximum signal cable length is 97 5ft 30m Description The converter is mounted on a 2 inch 60 5mm outer dia stanchion or horizontal pipe Do not mount the converter on a vertical pipe It makes wiring and maintenance difficult The converter mounting orientation can be changed as illustrated below Stanchion Mounting Horizontal Pipe Mounting F0314 ai IM 01F06A00
79. F 1 F29 TEMP b Temperature b Set temperature value at standard condition F30 1st coef 1st coefficient Set 1st temperature coefficient using the density correction F31 2nd coef 2nd coefficient Set 1st temperature coefficient using the density correction 6 PARAMETERS 6 16 F32 MASS UNIT Mass unit Select mass flow rate unit from kg 0 t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 F35 TIME UNIT Time unit Select time unit from s 0 m 1 h 2 d 3 F40 FLOW SPAN Flow span Set span flow rate 0 to 32000 F45 DAMPING Flow damping Set flow damping 0 to 99sec F50 TEMP DAMPING Temperature damping Set temperature damping 0 to 99sec F52 CABLE LENGTH Cable length of signal cable DYC Set cable length m of signal cable In case of the integral type cable length is set in Om IMPORTANT Be sure to set this parameter to correct temperature measurement error occured by cable length F55 A OUT SELECT Analog out select Select the analog output from FLOW 0 TEMP 1 The following item should be done in case of which F55 is TEMP F56 TEMP 0 Temperature at 0 Set temperature value at 0 F57 TEMP 100 Temperature at 100 Set temperature value at 10096 F58 TEMP ERR OUT Output selection of thermometer error Select output function when thermometer error from 0 0 OUTLIMIT H 1 TEMP f In case of OUT LIMIT H itis based on parameter D30 IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 Item H ADJUST This it
80. HART Configuration Tool eese 8 3 8 10 1 BUT MOda ro rote Po a roa eb Dra Pei a Pon Dar Fax Rex e eae 8 3 8 10 2 Multidrop MOGO iit tree tne hc b ce uns 8 4 8 10 3 Switching HART Protocol Revision eeeeee 8 4 8 10 4 Other Operations for the HART Configuration Tool 8 5 8 11 LLEAUWECIXGG USE 8 6 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 1 9 1 HART Protocol Revision euet nana ncau nna nth nna aasan 9 1 9 2 HART Configuration Tool and Matching of Device Revision 9 1 9 3 Setting Parameters using DTM eene 9 1 9 4 Interconnection between digitalYEWFLO and HART Configuration Tool eeeeeeeeeeeeeenenneennennnennnnnnnnnnnnnnn 9 2 9 5 Basic Setup vases sscissisccicessasnestenieccssentncpesshenscancecsenessssncnceexsonecassivesstiecesceresnesesterzsa 9 2 9 6 Parameter Setting ssicciccccscciscecsccsecesscececevecesecevecevecevecsvecevedsvecsvecsvecessesveesseeeveeevees 9 3 9 7 Data Renewing and Upload Download function 9 3 9 8 Il BRE M 9 3 9 9 Software Write Protect nne 9 3 9 10 Specific Functions of HART Configuration Tool eee 9 3 9 10 1 Process Variable Setup Dynamic Variables 9 3 9 10 2 sro
81. HCF C Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type D Detailed setup Characterize meter Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal Upload Download 7r Device revision 4 0 or later PV units Nominal size RW Body type RW Sensor type RW K factor setup K factor unit E40 K factor E41 Detector No RW Fluid Methodo Special unit Configure outputs RW RW Methodo Base unit D41 User s unit D42 Conversion factor D43 End Special sx Base unit User s unit Conversion factor Burst mode enum Off On Analog outputs Flow span B10 Out limit H D30 Burn out D35 Contact output M Display mode Upper display B30 Lower display B31 Totalizer Total 30 Total start stop B40 Total rate B45 Total reset B47 HART output Poll addr Num req preams Burst mode Burst option To be continued to next page D1 Burst option enum DV Yerange current Process vars crnt 33 RW R RW Burst mode enum RW Burst option enum F0808 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 R Read only CR Continuous read RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only
82. If any damage occurs in threads joints or mating surfaces inspection windows connections between the sensor and terminal box shrouds or clamps or external wiring connections which are essential in flameproofness contact Yokogawa Electric Corporation o o A CAUTION Do not attempt to re process threaded connections or refinish joints or mating surfaces c Unless otherwise specified the electrical circuitry and internal mechanisms may be repaired by component replacement as this will not directly affect the requirements for flameproof apparatus however bear in mind that the apparatus must always be restored to its original condition If you attempt to repair the flameproof apparatus company specified components shall be used d Before starting to service the apparatus be sure to check all parts necessary for retaining the requirements for flameproof apparatus For this check that all screws bolts nuts and threaded connections have properly been tightened 3 Prohibition of specification changes and modifications Do not attempt to change specifications or make modifications involving addition of or changes in external wiring connections 7 Selection of Cable Entry Devices for Flameproof Type A IMPORTANT The cable glands cable entry devices for flameproof type conforming to IEC Standards are certified in combination with the flameproof apparatus So Yokogawa specified cable en
83. Item D Additional Setup These items are for Auxiliary Setup A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator Item Name D00 AUX SETUP R W Data Range Unit Decimal Point Remark Menu D Additinal Setup Initial Value Disp U D D10 LOW CUT to 32000 FU C40 0to5 Low Cut Flow rate Minimum Flow rate 2 D20 TEMP UNIT deg C deg F Selection of Temperature Unit D21 TEMP f 999 9 to 999 9 D20 Operating Temperature Manual Setting Value D25 DENSITY UNIT kg m Ib cf Ib USgal Ib UKgal 0 1 2 3 Selection of Density Unit D26 DENSITY f 0 00001 to 32000 D25 0to5 Operating Density Manual Setting Value D30 OUT LIMIT H 100 0 to 110 0 Upper Limit Value D35 BURN OUT High Low Output Direction at Burn Out D40 SPECIAL UNIT No Yes Special Selection of change for Special Flow Unit Indicate and Set only for D40 Yes Special D41 BASE UNIT R m km cf m cf k cf USgal kUSgal UKgal kUKgal bbl m bbl k bbl kg t Ib k Ib Nm k Nm M Nm NI Sm k Sm M Sm SI scf k scf M scf 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 20 21 2 23 24 2 26 27 9 2 5 Basic unit for conversion to special unit N Normal S S
84. NEMA 250 1991 Type of Protection Explosionproof for Class l Division 1 Groups A B C and D Dust ignition proof for Class I III Division 1 Groups E F and G SEAL ALL CONDUITS 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Rating Type 4X Temperature Code T6 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Power Supply 42Vdc max Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Output Signal Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse Output On 2Vdc 200mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Output Signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Output Signal to Converter 30Vp p 100pAp p Input Output Signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse Output On 2Vdc 200mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Input Signal from Flowmeter 30Vp p 100pAp p Electrical connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female Special e Intrinsically Safe Applicable Standard FM3600 1998 FM3610 2010 FM3611 2004 FM3810 2005 NEMA 250 1991 ANSI ISA 60079 0 2009 ANSI ISA 60079 11 2009 Type of Protection Intrinsically safe for Class I Il IIl Div 1 Groups A B C D E F and G T4 and Class l Zone 0 AEx ia IIC T4 Nonincendive for Class Il Div 2 Groups A B C D F and G Class III Div 1 T4 and Class Zone 2 Group IIC T4 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Int
85. Parameters Description 1 Item A Display These items are for the indication of flowrate and total A10 FLOW RATE Flow rate Flowrate is displayed by 96 to span value A20 FLOW RATE Flow rate Engineering unit Flowrate is displayed by engineering unit A30 TOTAL Total value Total value of flowrate is displayed Note There will be linked to the value of B45 TOTAL RATE it is displayed E shows multipiler 10 Example B45 A30 10000 10 999999E4 10 10 999999E1 0 00001 9 99999 The following item should be done in case of which Option code MV is selected and analog output is Temperature A40 TEMP Temperature value The measured temperature value is displayed by 96 to span value of temperature The following item should be done in case of which Option code MV is selected A41 TEMPERATURE Temperature value The measured temperature value is displayed by engineering unit 6 PARAMETERS 6 11 2 Item B Easy Setting These items are for the Principal items to operate digitalYEWFLO A value in is the data corresponding to indicator B10 FLOW SPAN Flowrate span Set the required span with a numerical N NOTE The range of measurable flow velocity is as described in Table 13 6 B15 DAMPING Damping time constant Set damping time constant values from Os to 99sec B20 CONTACT OUT Contact output Select contact output It
86. Pulse In Refer to Option Specifications BRAIN Communication Options IMV Multi Variable Type 12 M 4 to 20 mA DC Pulse Output HART Communication 1 Signal MJ eene 4 to 20 mA DC Pulse Communication HART 5 HART 7 Communication 2 H n Y GE DYC Signal Cable FouNpDarIoN Fieldbus protocol 3 Model Suffix Codes Description oN cmn Remote type detector Body JIS SCS14A 4 DYG 5rsseseeeeeeceeeeevvvveve Signal Cable Material ASTM CF8M 5 Cable Qe Without End finish 13 6 7 Others End DNA With End finish Duplex Stainless Steel 05 5m 2 pat Stainless Steel Rik 10m Fees Duplex Stainless Steel for TIIS Approval oa 15m Others 20 20m JIS 10 K Wafer pM am JIS 20 K Wafer 35 35m JIS 40 K Wafer 40 40m ANSI Class 150 Wafer Cable 45 45m ANSI Class 300 Wafer Length 50 50m ANSI Class 600 Wafer 14 55 55m DIN PN10 Wafer 60 60m DIN PN16 Wafer Sie 65m DIN PN25 Wafer 0 70m DIN PN40 Wafer 75 75m 80 80m Process JIS 10K Flange RF 85 85m Connection JIS 20K Flange RF 90m Hi JIS 40K Flange RF 95m ANSI Class 150 Flange RF Cable End Finish Parts RF Raised Face ANSI Class 300 Flange RF ch SF Smooth Finish ANSI Class 600 Flange RF 2 set RJ Ring Joint ANSI Class 900 Flange RF 3 set ANSI Class 150 Flange RF SF 4 set ANSI Class 300 Flange RF SF Options 5 set ANSI Class 600 Flange RF SF 6 set ANSI Class 900 Flange RF SF 7 set DIN PN10 Flange RF id DIN PN16 Flange RF Set a DIN PN25 Flange RF Multi Variable Type
87. Revision 13 1 13 2 13 4 Revision for ATEX 13 5 Correction for FM 13 7 13 8 Add IECEx explosion proof 13 12 Revision for the table of IECEx 16th Oct 2013 Contents Corrected 1 3 Added to Trademarks 3 1 to 3 4 Added to DY400 4 3 to 4 4 Corrected Section 4 3 4 8 Deleted ATEX Type n 4 9 Added to Figure 4 12 6 1 to 6 10 Added to DY400 6 11 Added to description in parameter number A30 6 15 Added to description in parameter number E10 6 19 Added to description in parameter number K45 11 2 Added to description for changing the converter and the terminal box orientation 11 4 Added to DY400 11 6 Corrected Figure 11 4 13 1 to 13 41 Revised Chapter 13 14 1 to 14 4 Deleted ATEX Type n 14 4 to 14 6 Corrected FM 14 14 Added to DY400 15 1 Corrected Chapter 15 17th Feb 2014 4 1 Add CAUTION 4 2 Add descriptions 4 2 4 4 Add 5 4 8 4 6 Delete SAA Intrinsically Safe Approval 11 1 11 Delete SAA Intrinsically Safe Approval 11 2 11 1 Delete SAA Intrinsically Safe Approval 11 4 Change Table 11 1 Torque Value 13 1 Change Degree of Protection Revision 13 2 Add 1 to Contact rating 13 3 Change PED descriptions 13 5 Change 10 13 9 Change Note 8 and 9 Figure 13 5 13 11 Revise Note 1 13 20 Add Note Revise ATEX Intrinsically Safe Approval 13 21 Delete SAA Intrinsically Safe Approval Add IECEx Intrinsically Safe Approval 13 22 40 Delete Locking Screw descriptions 14 1 4 Change ATEX Intrinsically Safe Approval descriptions 14 7 8 Add Control Drawing des
88. T 107 Supply o ot 4 PULSE o 0 ot 1 Receiver 5i Remote type DY converter 0 Lot Power o A SUPPLY Supply o B 04 DY N flowmeter Ao Bo To GC PULSE 4 6 p 1 T6 DYC Signal cable 1 Wire for T terminal With temperature sensor type installed Without temperature sensor type not installed Non incendive field wire parameters of vortex flowmeter DY and vortex flow converter DYA Ui Vmax 30 li Imax 165mA Pi Pmax 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Installation requirement between flowmeter converter and general purpose equirement UosUi losli PosPi Co2Ci Ccable Lo 2 Li Lcable Voc s Vmax La 2 Li Lcable Uo lo Po Co Voc Isc Ca and La are nonincendive field wire parameters of general purpose equipment WARNING The general purpose equipment must be CSA certified as the equipment which have type n or non incendive field wire parameters Installation should be in accordance with Canadian Electrical Code Part l Dust tight conduit seal must be used when installed in class II and Ill environments Donotalter drawing without authorization from CSA Isc Imax Ca 2 Ci Ccable F1410 ai 6 Dual Seal Option code CF11 CS11 Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI ISA 12 27 01 No additional sealing required Primary seal failure annunciation at the O ring se
89. This may cause inaccurate readings Use gaskets with bolt holes even if digitalYEWFLO is of the wafer type When using a spiral gasket without bolt holes confirm the size with the gasket manufacturer as standard items may not be used for certain flange ratings 3 INSTALLATION 3 7 Table 3 2 Flange Rating Size Major Diameter of mm Flange Rating External Threed Length of Stud Boltd mm inch mm 15mm JIS 10K 20K DIN 10 1 2B 16 25 40 12 160 JIS 40K 16 160 ANSI 150 300 600 12 7 155 25mm _ JIS 10K 20K 40K 16 160 1B ANSI 150 12 7 155 ANSI 300 600 15 9 160 DIN 10 16 25 40 12 160 40mm JIS 10K 20K DIN 10 1 1 2B 16 25 40 16 160 JIS 40K 20 170 ANSI 150 12 7 155 ANSI 300 600 19 1 170 50mm JIS 10K 20K 40K DIN 2B 10 16 25 40 ANSI 16 200 150 300 600 15 9 200 80mm JS 10K DIN 10 16 3B 525 40 16 220 JIS 20K 40K 20 240 ANSI 150 15 9 240 ANSI 300 600 19 1 240 100mm JIS 10K DIN 10 16 16 220 4B JIS 20K DIN 25 40 20 240 JIS 40K 22 270 ANSI 150 15 9 240 ANSI 300 19 1 240 ANSI 600 222 270 Length d Stud Bolt Collar F0310 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 INSTALLATION Table 3 3 a Installation of Wafer Type Vortex Flowmeter Wafer type When Installation Collar are required the installation vortex flowmeters applied to the following line sizes and flange ratings Size mm inch Flange Rating 15 to 40 1
90. USgal 1 P UKgal 2 E41 K FACTOR W 0 00001 to 32000 E40 Oto5 K factor value of 15 deg C 68 6 D E50 DETECTOR No W 16 characters Detector number E60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR FU Flow unit 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 2 If specified when ordering it is set to the specified contents IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS 6 Item F Thermometer Only for Multi Variable Type These items is for thermometer setting when A Value in is the data corresponding to the indicator deg F 1 Item Name R W Data Range Unit Decimal Remark Initial Disp U D Point Value F00 THERMOMETER Menu F Thermometer function F10 Function W Monitor only 0 Select thermometer function 0 D L Saturated Steam 1 Move to F40 when Monitor only is Superheat Steam 2 GAS STD Normal 3 Move to F60 when Not Use is LIQUID Mass 4 Not use 5 Indicate and Set only for F10 Saturated Steam F12 MASS UNIT W kg 0 Selection of mass flow rate unit 0 D L t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 Indicate and Set only for F10 Superheat Steam F14 PRSS UNIT W MPa abs 0 Selection of pressure unit 0 D L kPa abs 1 bar abs 2 kg cm a 3 psia 4 F15 PRESS f W 0 00001 to 32000 F14 Oto 5 Absolute pressure at operating 0 1013 condition Manual setting vaiue F16 MASS UNIT W kg 0
91. Units Re V x D x px T x 124 11 8 2 N Number of input pulses pulse At Time corresponding to N seconds e Instrumental error correction factor Expansion correction factor for compressive fluid g Reynolds number correction factor KT K factor at operating conditions pulses litre pulse gal KM K factor at temperature 15 C 59 F LU Unit conversion factor for K factor LU Flow unit conversion factor Refer to item 2 U iisen Flow unit conversion factor for user s unit 4 Factor corresponding to flow unit time ex m minute is 60 P Pulse rate ex E 3 is 10 Ie Temperature at operating conditions C F F Flowrate span T Total rate D Internal diameter m inch p Viscosity mPa s cP Di Density at operating conditions kg m Ib ft IM 01F06A00 01EN 2 Flow Conversion Factor U Flow conversion factor U is obtained by carrying out the following computation depending on the selection of the fluid to be measured and the flow unit a Steam M Mass flowrate U 7p Up U ops 11 9 1 U P us 11 9 2 Q Flowrate at apem iani U Utm 11 10 1 U U ep 11 10 2 b Gas Q Flowrate at STP P Tr ip 1 U x x X Uk ment Pa Ti 273 15 K 11 111 3 T 32 273 15 1 U s i k scf P amp T 32 273 15 K 11 11 2 M Mass flowrate U 5p x UP Upo 1112 1 U 7p Up Uca 11 12 2 Q Flowrate UEU m 11 13 1 Meet sen
92. and load resistance The terminal position of each connection is shown in Figure 4 2 Integral type Remote type Supply 4 to 20 mA DC Output Power Supply and Output Signal Terminals Pulse Output Terminal Grounding Terminal F0402 ai Figure 4 2 Terminal Position IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 WIRING 4 3 Table 4 1 a The wiring example for the analog and pulse and status alarm output Connection Description Analog Output digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Distributor In this case Communication is possible up to a distance of 2km when a CEV cable is used Pulse Output digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Use the Three wire shielded cable Shielded Cable In this case No communication is possible This supply voltage requires a power sourse with a maximum output current of 1 no less than E R 25mA Electric counter Status Output digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Alarm Output Use the Three wire shielded cable p Shielded Cable In this case No communication is possible Magnetic valve External Power supply 30V DC 120mA max Contact Rating AC power supply 1 To avoid the influence of external noise use an electric counter which fits to the pulse frequency 2 Resistor is not necessary in case of an electric counter which can receive contact pulse signal directly IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 4 4 WIRI
93. and the connections must be non polarized Figure 8 2 illustrates the wiring connections for a direct interface at the digitalYEWFLO site The HART Configuration Tool can be used for remote access from any terminal strip as well digitalYEWFLO Control room 4 to 20 mA DC signal line Terminal board Relaying terminals Receiving instrument load resistance 250 Q to 600 Q HART Configuration Tool HART Configuration Tool HAR Configuration Tool Figure 8 2 A WARNING Be sure to set parameters as Protect on the write protect function after finish of parameter setting work Refer to Section 8 9 Software Write Protect how to use the write protect function in detail Connecting the HART Communicator A IMPORTANT If the power of flowmeter is turned off within 30 seconds after parameters have been set these settings will be canceled Accordingly please keep the power on for at least 30 seconds after setting parameters A NOTE Before updating any setting remember to always check the data content you want to change as described in Section 6 4 Parameters Description 8 5 Basic Setup Tag and Device Information The tag number and device information can be checked as follows The location for the tag number and device information Item Precedure Tag Root Menu Basic setup Tag Descriptor Root Menu Detailed setup gt Device information Des
94. be provided as shown in Figure 3 1 digitalYEWFLO Vortex Flowmeter Pipeline Pipeline Support F0301 ai Figure 3 1 Example of Pipeline Support 3 INSTALLATION 3 1 4 Precautions Regarding Piping a Ensure that the process connector bolts are tightened firmly b Ensure that no leak exists in the process connection pipeline c Do not apply a pressure higher than the specified maximum working pressure d Do not loosen or tighten the flange mounting bolts when the assembly is pressurized e Handle the vortex flowmeter carefully when measuring dangerous liquids so that the liquids do not splash into eyes or on face When using dangerous gases be careful not to inhale them 5 Other Considerations Choose a location where is sufficient clearance around digitalY EWFLO exist to allow such work as routine inspections Choose a location that ensures easy wiring and piping 3 2 Piping Precautions E Straight Pipe Length and Recommendations Refer to Table 3 1 about Valve Position and Straight Pipe Length and so on e Piping support Typical vibration immunity level is 1G for normal piping condition Piping support should be fixed in case of over 1G vibration level e Installation direction If a pipe is always filled with liquids the pipe can be installed vertically or at inclined angle e Adjacent pipes The process pipline inner diameter should be larger than the digitalYEWFLO inner diam
95. cover removal loosen the Locking Screw WAF 3mm 2 Disconnect the vortex shedder assembly lead wires from the terminal box In case of the explosion proof type loosen the Locking Screw WAF 1 5mm 3 Remove the bracket mounting bolts and remove the terminal box and bracket from the flowmeter body The bracket applies to the 1 25mm to 4 100mm inch flowmeters 4 Remove the hexagon mounting bolts in case of 90 degree turn 5 Turn the terminal box to the desired orientation When reassembling the terminal box reverse the above procedure 6 After changing the direction make sure the impedance between the earth terminal and the metal part of body vortex shedder assembly or bracket is 1000 or less Locking Screw For the explosion protected type Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx X Terminal Box d oF Terminal Box Cover Bracket P CO Bracket Mounting Bolt two Locking l Screw Hexagon Mounting WAF 1 5mm Y Bolt four Vortex Shedder Assembly F1101 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 11 2 Indicator Removal and Rotation AA IMPORTANT For Explosion protected type modification by the user is prohibited It is prohibited to add or remove the indicator A caution For flameproof type move vortex flowmeter to non hazardous area firstly then remove and rotate the indicator The instrument must be restored to its original condition For flameproof type when
96. flowing If the indication reads over zero is done continuously retry the tuning and ensure the below condition Does high vibrations occur in pipeline In this case refer to Section 3 1 Installation Precautions and keep the pipeline properly lt 10 OPERATION gt 10 4 IM 01F06A00 01EN 11 MAINTENANCE 11 1 11 MAINTENANCE A CAUTION Disassemble work should be done only for error occurrence Maintenance work must be carried out by expert engineer or skilled personnel and not by operators Before opening the cover it is important to ensure that at least 10 minutes have passed since the power was turned off Furthermore opening of the cover must also be carried out by expert engineer or skilled personnel A CAUTION Itis prohibited by law for the user to modify flameproof instruments It is not permitted to add or remove indicators If modification is required contact YOKOGAWA Explosion protected type must be as a rule removed to a non hazardous area for maintenance and be disassembled and reassembled to the original state For TIIS and ATEX explosion proof the display cover is locked by the Locking Screw In case of opening the display cover use the hexagonal wrench attached Besure to lock the cover by the Locking Screw using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the cover IM 01F06A00 01EN 11 MAINTENANCE 11 2 11 1 Changing the Converter and the Termin
97. of R load resistance Shield Shielded Cable E 16 4 to 30V DC Counting input I Common Electric counter 1 or communication medium digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal E 16 4 to 30V DC Counting input I Common Electric counter 1 or communication medium This supply voltage requires a power sourse with a maximum output current of no less than E R 25mA digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal The range of load resistance R for the pulse output The load resistance should be selected by calculation as shown below 5 EW lt R ko x 0 1 Example of CEV cable capacitance 120 C uF x f kHz 0 1uF km E V Where P mW E Supply voltage V C Cable capacitance uF R ko f Frequency of pulse output KHz P Power ratio of the load resistance R Value of load resistance KQ mW 1 To avoid the influence of external noise use an electric counter which fits to the pulse frequency 2 Resistor is not necessary in case of an electric counter which can receive contact pulse signal directly 8 When using analog and pulse output simultaneously the HART communication may be influenced by noise comparing analog output only 4 Signal Cable for ADMAG AXF AXFC 0 No Termination is available 5 E Option code KS2 SS2 80 IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 WIRING 4 5 4 4 Connection of DYC Signal Cable The remote type signal cable is shown in Figure 4
98. setting by DOWN LOAD IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS 1 Item A Indication These items are for the indication of flowrate and total Item Name R W Data Range Unit paci Remark e Disp U D A00 DISPLAY Menu A Display A10 FLOW RATE 96 H 0 0to 110 0 1 Flow rate A20 FLOW RATE R 0 0 to 65535 FU C40 Oto5 Flow rate in engineering unit A30 TOTAL H 0 to 999999 FU 0to5 Totalized value Indicate only for MV and B50 TEMP A40 TEMP 96 0 R 0 0to 110 0 96 1 Temperature Values 96 Indicate only for MV A41 TEMPERATURE R 999 9 to 999 9 D20 1 Temperature Values A60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR FU Flow unit MV Multi Variable Build in Temperature Sensor Type 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 2 There will be linked to the value of B45 it is displayed E shows multipiler 10 2 Item B Easy Setting These items are for the principal items to operate digitalYEWFLO A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator Item Name R W Data Range Unit Decimal Remark inital Disp U D Point Value B00 EASY SETUP Menu B B10 FLOW SPAN W 0 00001 to 32000 FU C40 0to5 Flow Span 10 D L B15 DAMPING W 0to 99 sec 0 Damping Time 4 D L B20 CONTACT OUT
99. terminal and the converter if it is too short Replace the short cable with a cable that is the appropriate length c The signal cables must be routed in separate steel conduit tubes 16 JIS C 8305 or flexible conduit tubes 15 JIS C 8309 d Always route the power and output signal cables in separate steel conduit tubes except when the power supply voltage is 24 V and four core cables are used for wiring Keep conduits or flexible tubes watertight using sealing tape lt 4 WIRING gt 4 9 7 For the TIIS flameproof type with wiring using a flameproof packing adapter wire cables through the packing adapters approved by Yokogawa option code G11 or G12 Ti Adapter body M Screw O Ring lit mm Un es y Packing case approx inch d Hexagon socket set screw i CE Packing ZZ Hexagon socket set screw Koning F L O Ring f G B Washer c e Union nut gt Packing gland Packing Ce zm Choose from the table Aw ER below depend on cable Clamp nut outside diameter T2 O Ring p B coupling DE gus Cable user s scope Si Packing FS Cable outer dimensions Identification Weight diameter mark kg Ib T1 T2 C D L F G 98 0 to 210 0 210 0 16 8 10 Boil Scape 35 39 94 5 20 31 to 20 39 20 39 220 0 0 26 38 1 50 672 siootoei2o eizo 6079 wu D 20
100. vortex flowmeter is processing hot fluids the instrument itself may become extremely hot Take sufficient care not to get burnt Where the fluid being processed is a toxic substance avoid contact with the fluid and avoid inhaling any residual gas even after the instrument has been taken off the piping line for maintenance and so forth Do not apply excessive weight for example a person stepping on the vortex flowmeter Do not open the cover in wet weather or humid environment When the cover is open stated enclosure protection is not applicable When opening the cover wait for more than 2 minutes after turning off the power All procedures relating to installation must comply with the electrical code of the country where it is used m e N lt 1 INTRODUCTION gt 1 2 Wiring A WARNING The wiring of the vortex flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring When connecting the wiring check that the supply voltage is within the range of the voltage specified for this instrument before connecting the power cable In addition check that no voltage is applied to the power cable before connecting the wiring 3 Operation A WARNING Donotopen the cover in wet weather or humid environment When the cover is ope
101. you open the cover turn the locking screw to the right and unlock When you close the cover be sure to turn the locking screw to the left and lock For TIIS flameproof type refer to INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT at the end of this User s manual 1 Turn the power off 2 Remove the cover In case of the Explosion protected type remove the cover after unlock the Locking Screw 3 For the indicator disconnect the cable connector from the amplifier unit 4 Loosen the two indicator mounting screws using a Phillips screwdriver 5 Pull out the indicator 6 Reinstall the indicator in the reverse order to its removal above and secure the mounting screws 90 Indicator Indicator Mounting Screws 2PCS F1102 ai Figure 11 1 Removing and Reinstalling the Indicator 11 MAINTENANCE 11 3 11 3 Amplifier Unit Removal 4 IMPORTANT Do not turn the amplifier unit for removal or assembling The connector pins may be damaged 1 Turn the power OFF 2 Remove the converter cover In case of the Explosion protected type remove the cover after unlock the Locking Screw 3 Remove the indicator according to the procedures described in Section 11 2 Indicator Removal and Rotation 4 Loosen the terminal screws and remove the amplifier unit 11 4 Amplifier Unit Assembling A IMPORTANT The amplifier unit must be assembled keeping the procedure as f
102. 00 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 X Note2 B JIS SCS14A DY150 DY200 R1 ASTM CF8M ASTM CF8M DY200 DY250 DY300 DY400 Note1 In case of the suffix code of the body material is A the code of the process connection is for one of AJO BJO or BPO In case of the code B process connection code is for one of AALI BALI BSLI CALI ADLI or BDO Note2 In cases of option code HY HT LT or NC select X for both body material code and select Note3 shedder bar material code in accordance with the shedder bar material chart Reduced bore type is Flange type only Shedder Bar Material Standard Anti High Process Cryogenic NACE TIIS Flame corrosion Temperature Version LT Material proofapproval version Il Version HT Note1 2 NC Model Code Note3 IJF3 Note2 HY Note1 2 Note1 2 Note1 2 L E X X X DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM 31803 31803 N10276 N10276 N10276 DY025 DY040 R1 DYO50 R2 DY040 DYOS50 R1 DYO80 R2 n X X X X DY050 DYO80 R1 DY100 R2 EN1 4517 EN1 4517 ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM DY080 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 CW 12MW CW 12MW CW 12MW CW 12MW DY100 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 X X DY150 DY200 R1 ASTM ASTM CW 12MW CW 12MW or or L E B B DY200 ben x EN1 4517 EN1 4517 ASTM CF8M ASTM CF8M Note4 Note6 Note4 DY250
103. 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Review 1 Review 2 Model Manufacturer Distributor Cfg chng count Max dev vars Tag Long tag Descriptor Message Date Dev id Write protect AO Alrm typ Universal rev Fld dev rev Software rev Hardware rev Poll addr Loop current mode Num req preams Num resp preams Flow rate unit Flow span Review 3 Special unit User s unit Flow rate damping value Conversion factor Contact output Nominal size Pulse rate Body type Frequency at 100 Setting level Sensor type K factor Upper display Detector No Lower display User adjust Total rate Reynolds adjust Total start stop Fluid Viscosity Gas expansion fact Process density Flow adjust Process temp TLA Base temp Process pressure Base pressure Signal level Noise balance mode Noise ratio Deviation High vib Low cut Span velocity Out limit H Span frequency Burn out Review 4 i Function Base density 1 st temp coeff 2 nd temp coeff Cable length Temp damping Analog out select Temp 096 Temp 10095 Temp error out Only for MV F0918 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN
104. 06 107 122 137 163 163 201 21 25 256 341 404 so4 434 614 62 69 72 o7 IUD 47 2 17 6 17 1 20 0 22 3 23 4 23 6 26 9 30 2 36 0 36 0 44 3 46 3 55 1 56 4 75 2 89 1 111 1 95 7 135 4 136 7 152 1 158 7 213 8 Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 40 B Remote Type Converter DYA 74 2 91 WITH INDICATOR Unit mm 59 2 32 59 2 32 ELECTRICAL approx inch be ee CONNECTION 4 5 0 18 both sides 125 4 92 Sj 5 CT TES A 3 T E 9 cx S zl EARTH Si gt gt TERMINAL ih 4 H T CH 3 m bei o G e D 0 es sl e 5 2 i E co ET LLi ES ULL il IM iA Gr LG i E Na Weight 1 9 kg 4 19lb 4 1 kg 9 04lb for E1 Note For flowmeters with indicator add 0 2 kg 0 44lb 0 3 kg 0 661b for E1 B Signal Cable for Remote Type DYC Sepcified Length L M Flowmeter Cable Color and Terminal Color Terminal Flow meter Converter Yellow T T Red A A White B B Black C Blue 1 Only for MV IM
105. 079 14 otherwise the sum of lo of the associated apparatus safety barriers shall be not more than 300 mA F1402 ai 6 Electrical Connection The type of electrical connection is stamped near the electrical connection port according to the following codes Screw size Marking ISO M20 X 1 5 female N M ANSI 1 2 14NPT female N N Remote type detector Flameproof OJ digits WEWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER IESSE UE crow AN we WEE ART SES YOKOGAWA Made in 1 pOTENTAL AECTHOSTATIC CHARGING e users unu N200 wO Remote type converter Flameproof OJ dieiearvtevvEL oO Tu VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER No ECEx DEK 110077X Ex dC T6 Gb Tami 40 TO 60 C 30 TO 60 C WITH INDICATOR AX wanne TS ME RE SE unn N200 vO YOKOGAWA Made in Integral type Intrinsically safe Ex ia IC T4 11 Ga Vo IECEx DEK 13 0066X 29 C 3 Ta lt 60 C Ui 30V li 300mA Pi 0 9W Ci 14nF Li 0mH N emm ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD T wa EURU N200 Ce YOKOGAWA Made in Remote type detector Intrinsically safe OJ aigiearvevvFL a USES VORTEX FLOWMETER MWP MPa at 38 C ex ia ic T6 T1 Ge No IECEx DEK 13 0066X STYLE K FACTOR oc E ULT VERON RANGE NO A mem azcraosrane cuj tier NOE CI 4 YOKOGAWA Made in N200 C xc O 2 Remote type converter Int
106. 1 e A e E amp 9 Z I X e H RN TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DY200 HT R1 PROCESS BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 310 12 20 C 185 6 7 31 cs 138 8 5 46 D 330 12 99 350 13 78 342 9 13 5 381 15 0 p Shedder Bar Material x 607 5 23 92 617 5 24 31 614 24 17 633 24 92 Shedder Bar Material B 614 5 24 19 624 5 24 59 621 24 45 640 25 20 Hi Shedder Bar Material X 339 13 35 Shedder Bar Material B 346 13 62 T 22 0 87 30 1 18 284 1 11 41 1 1 62 J 290 11 42 305 12 01 298 5 11 75 330 2 13 00 N 12 12 8 12 G 23 0 91 25 0 98 22 4 0 88 25 4 1 00 WEIGHT kg Ib 58 7 129 4 74 4 163 4 70 7 155 9 102 9 226 9 Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 32 B Reduced Bore Type R2 DY040 R2 to DY200 R2 B Flange type 74 59 2 32 2 91 WITH INDICATOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 125 4 92 Unit mm approx inch gt EARTH TERMINAL F Es X 2 K i N Ka HI Ier V I
107. 12 11 342 1347 372 14 65 m 158 6 22 175 6 89 190 7 48 45 9 49 8 48 6 48 6 57 4 612 651 644 644 61 2 612 67 708 7 amp 5 729 766 826 689 727 E Note 3 er 1 96 963 4 91 4 91 N93 2 36 2 41 2 56 013 2 54 2 54 2 41 2 41 2 64 2 79 3 09 2 87 3 02 3 25 2 71 2 86 554 60 1 587 587 693 739 785 777 77 739 739 808 855 947 88 925 99 7 831 87 8 F Note3 2 48 2 36 lge 2 31 2 31 Noe3 2 73 2 91 3 09 Note 3 3 06 3 06 2 91 2 91 3 18 3 37 3 73 3 46 3 64 3 93 3 27 3 46 17 17 17 17 a7 21 21 20 20 17 17 17 21 23 17 20 23 a7 21 G Note 3 0 67 0 67 Noe 3 0 67 0 67 Nte 3 0 67 0 83 0 83 99 0 79 0 79 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 91 0 67 3 06 0 91 0 67 0 83 WEIGHT kg b 6 0 13 2 9 4 20 7 12 8 28 2 Note 1 Integral weight is the same as Remote Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 In case of with Indicator add 0 2kg The holes are not provided The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 23 B Flange type DY015 to DY100
108. 1F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 25 B High Process Temperature Version HT DY025 HT to DY100 HT E Cryogenic Version LT DY015 LT to DY100 LT B Wafer type Unit mm approx inch 59 2 32 59 2 32 ELECTRICAL 4 5 0 18 CONNECTION 125 4 92 TES El Qu ch S Z E T 2 EARTH ei Ell SOA I Ess c w 2 TERMINAL 3 ee D a ES e SM E mn rta rn 2 G I Es q F mult och m d a CO IL KU W JN e LA S m B ag a ge T V Pan I s E le B E E L Em TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DYOI5 LT DYO2S LT DYO25 HT DYOAO LT DYO40 HT Ap Ap Ap PROCESS to to to CONNECTION An Ajo asa AAT AA2 AM apa aut AJ2 asa AAT aaz aad aps aut AJ2 asa AM aaz AM AD4 L 70 2 76 70 2 76 70 2 76 B 35 1 38 35 1 38 35 1 38 G 14 6 0 57 25 7 1 01 39 7 1 56 D 351
109. 2 to 1 1 2 All ratings JIS 10K ANSI class 150 50 2 DIN PN10 to PN40 80 3 ANSI class 150 A WARNING The inside diameter of the gasket must be larger than the pipe inner diameter so that it will not disturb the flow in the pipeline A WARNING When installing the Flowmeter vertically in the open air change the electrical connection port direction to the ground If the electrical connection port is installed upwards rain water might leak in A WARNING In case of vertical installation two collars in the upper part might move after the installation But it doesn t influence the performance please use the flowmeter under such condition Description Horizontal Installation Electrical Connection Flow Direction y e Vertical Installation Gasket Collar 4 pcs Electrical Connection Gasket Flange Flow Direction 1 Insert two collars on each two bolts of bottom side of the flowmeter 2 Fit the flowmeter body to the collars And tighten the four bolts and nuts uniformly 3 Check for leakage from the flange connections When Installation Collars are not required the installation vortex flowmeters applied to the following line sizes and flanges Size mm inch Flange Rating 5012 ANSI class 300 600 80 ANSI class 300 600 00 ANSI class 150 300 600 Horizontal Installation Flow Direction Vertical Installation
110. 2000 to 32000 1 F28 0to5 2nd temperature coefficient 1 0 D L F32 MASS UNIT W kg 0 Selection of mass flow rate unit 0 D L t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 F35 TIME UNIT W J s 0 Selection of time unit 1 D L Jm 1 h 2 Id 3 F40 FLOW SPAN W 0 00001 to 32000 FU 35 0to5 Flow span 0 5 D L F45 DAMPING W 0to99 Sec 0 Damping 4 D L F50 TEMP DAMPING W Oto 99 Sec 0 Damping for temperture output 4 D L F52 CABLE LENGTH W 0to 30 m 0 Cable length for signal cable Om in 0 D L case of integral version F55 A OUT SELECT W FLOW 0 Selection of analog output 0 D L TEMP 1 Indicate and Set only for F55 TEMP F56 TEMP 0 W 999 9 to 999 9 D20 1 Temperture value at 096 40 D L F57 TEMP 10096 W 999 9 to 999 9 D20 1 Temperture value at 10096 2500 D L F58 TEMP ERR OUT W 0 0 Selection of themometer error output 1 D L OUT LIMIT H 1 when F55 TEMP is selected A TEMP f 2 value of OUT LIMIT H depend on D30 F60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 2 If 7 00 or less version that can be checked in K50 Initial Value is 260 IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS 7 Item H Adjust These items are for setting of adjustment A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator Item Name R W Dat
111. 212x Ex d IC 16 11 60 Tamb 29 TO 60 C TENP CLASS TB 15 14 T8 R D PROCESS TEMP 28 to 80 100 135 200 300 450 C NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 250 N warning AFTER DE ENERGIZING DELAY 3 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING z THE PROCESS TEMP 2200 C USE THE HEAT RESISTING ig CABLE AND CABLE GLAND 2 90C YOKOGAWA Math rom VEER EG accusers N200wa O Remote type converter Flameproof No DEKRA 11ATEX0212X ExdIC T6 Gb o Tamb 40 TO 0 C 30 TO 80 C WITH INDICATOR SUPPLY Made in i AFTER DE ENERGIZING DELAY 3 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING YOKOGAWA Meden o IEEE pat 9 MURS cua N200 vo Integral type Intrinsically safe digital YEGWFLO Kiwi 4 20mA DC PULSE MOO VORTEX FLOWMETER MWP MPa at 38 C STYLE d C 0344 Ir1G Ex ia IC T4 T1 Ga No DEKRA 13ATEXO192 X 29 C lt Ta lt 460C Uis 30V li 300mA Pi 0 9W Ci 14nF LisOmH EMAA 10 5 30V DC N msn om HAZARD N200 YOKOGAWA 4 tovo so so masin WARNING vw Remote type detector Intrinsically safe OJ adisiearvevvEL OG VORTEX FLOWMETER MPa at 38 C d C osa4 Con 1G Ex ia IC T6 T1 Ga No DEKRA 13ATEX0192 X BC lt Ta 80 C 40 C lt Ta 5 80 C ULT VERSIONI POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGNG HAZARD N200 Made in k SEE USER S MANUAL CY LYOKOGAWA 4 ioris WARNING xr V Remote type converter Intrinsica
112. 250 157 210 140 DY300 157 210 140 DY400 160 240 160 HT High Process Temperature Version LT Cryogenic Version NC NACE Material e Incase of High Process Temperature Version Option code HT First time tighten bolts with a torque wrench applying the torque specified A Next time loosen bolts then again tighten bolts with a torque wrench applying the torque specified B For loosing process be sure not to loose bolts completely Insert the leadwires vortex shedder through the terminal box bottom hole and lower the terminal box slowly until the bracket touches the flowmeter shoulder Be sure to keep the leadwires vertical while lowering the terminal box g After assembling confirm that there is no A IMPORTANT Please tighten the screws bolts uniformily and observing the torque value in Table 11 1 leakage from the vortex flowmeter IM 01F06A00 01EN 11 MAINTENANCE 11 5 Converter Case Locking Screw Shielded Cover Hexagonal Scre Indicator RE Locking Bracket Mounting Bolt Terminal Box Terminal Box Cover Screw Bracket Bracket Mounting Bolt Allen Bolt Lee a gt Remote Type Vortex Shedder Assembly Vortex Shedder Mounting Block Vortex shedder_ Mounting Bolt e o c 39 Vortexshedder u Mounting Block Leadwire Bracket l Converter Vortex Shedder Mounting Bolt
113. 3 R MV Temp 0 B51 R MV Temp 100 B52 R MV Temp damping F50 R B Device Status Process Variables PV A20 PV rnge A10 MV TV 96 mge A41 MV Temp A40 Diagnostic List Device Status Status group Status group2 MV Status group3 c Diag and Service Loop test M Loop test pulse status M Amplifier check M Test auto release time J40 RW 5x Master reset M Error Record Er record status 1 Er record status 2 Er record status 3 D Easy Setup Tag RW Contact output B20 R Contact output M Pulse rate B21 R Freq at 100 B22 R Setting level B23 R Flow span B10 RW MV Analog out select B50 R MV Analog out select M Temp 096 B51 R Temp 10096 B52 R PV Damp B15 RW MV Temp damping F50 RW Total rate B45 RW Upper display B30 RW Lower display B31 RW F0813 ai RW Burst mode enum RW Burst option enum Meter Nominal size E10 Body type E20 Sensor type E30 K factor unit E40 K factor E41 Detector No E50 Cable length F52 Upper displa B30 Lower displa B31 Flow Setting Sensor status MV Function MV Function Fluid Fluid Indicate parameter depends on the choice in
114. 3 and Figure 4 4 and the terminal is shown in Figure 4 5 The maximum cable length is 30 m 97 5 feet Remove terminal box cover and wiring connection dust cap before wiring For remote type the converter has two electrical Input Terminal from built connections cable inlets Use the left connection T in temperature sensor as viewed from the terminal box for the DYC signal A Input Terminals from cable and the right connection for the transmission B vortex detector cable Detector DYN E1 c Common Terminal If a signal cable kit is supplied by YOKOGAWA F0405 ai both ends of the cable must be finished in Figure 4 5 Terminal of Detector and Converter accordance with the following instructions Refer to Section 4 5 End Processing Method of DYC Signal Cable Signal Cable DYC A caution Sa After completing the signal cable connections Shield Cover install the shielded cover to signal cable terminal as shown in Figure 4 6 Vortex Flow Converter Unit mm BSc White Reg Yellow Yellow Red white Bisck Power Cable F0406 ai Ki BO Figure 4 6 Shielded Cover 95 9 Blue Specified Length L 30m max Flowmeter Converter T Only for MV F0403 ai Figure 4 3 DYC Signal Cable Outer shield To Flowmeter To Converter Yellow T O O T Yellow Red AO A Red
115. 30 152 4 6 00 168 2 6 62 175 6 89 185 7 28 190 5 7 50 200 2 7 88 240 9 45 260 10 24 241 3 9 50 269 7 10 62 N 8 8 4 8 8 8 12 8 12 G 19 0 75 23 091 19 075 224 088 19 0 75 23 091 19 0 75 224 0 88 23 0 91 25 098 22 4 0 88 22 4 0 88 WEIGHT kg Ib 18 6 41 0 21 7 47 8 21 9 48 3 26 9 59 3 25 55 1 30 66 1 30 6 67 5 41 904 45 9 101 2 56 3 124 1 49 4 108 9 71 7 158 1 Note 1 Integral weight is the same as Remote Note 2 Note 3 In case of with Indicator add 0 2kg The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC approx inch IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 29 E Reduced Bore Type R1 DY200 R1 B Flange type Unit mm WITH INDICATOR approx inch ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 74 2 91 59 2 32 59 2 32 125 4 29 EARTH TERMINAL y A de T N G k I I Q x amp oC eJ 5 e 9 X y Le gt TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE MODEL CODE DY200 R1 PROCESS BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 310 12 20 C 185 6 7 31 cs 138 8 5 46 D 330 12 99 350 13 78 342 9 13 50 381 15 00
116. 4 1778 150 1554 778 155 155 105 1824 1653 1651 2159 165 1653 2159 5 51 6 51 6 30 5 00 6 12 6 12 7 00 591 6 12 7 00 6 10 6 10 6 50 6 00 6 50 6 50 8 0 6 50 6 50 8 50 a 453 453 463 446 460 460 472 458 460 472 482 482 487 481 487 487 513 487 487 513 17 83 17 83 18 23 17 56 18 11 18 11 18 58 18 03 18 11 18 58 18 98 18 98 19 17 18 94 19 17 19 17 20 20 19 17 19 17 20 20 HI 279 10 98 301 11 85 T 16 18 26 175 206 268 382 18 288 382 16 18 26 191 224 318 445 20 333 46 063 0 71 1 02 0 69 0 81 1 13 1 50 0 71 1 13 50 0 63 0 71 1 02 0 75 0 89 1 25 1 75 079 6 31 181 j 105 105 120 986 1143 1143 124 110 1143 124 120 120 130 1207 127 127 1653 125 127 165 1 4 13 4 13 472 3 88 4 50 4 50 4 88 4 33 4 50 4 88 4 72 4 72 6 12 4 75 5 00 5 00 6 50 4 92 5 00 6 50 N 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 3 18 18 28 157 224 224 284 18 224 284 19 19 19 19 18 19 254 18 19 254 0 75 0 75 0 91 0 62 0 88 0 89 1 12 0 71 0 88 1 12 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 75 1 00 0 71 0 75
117. 4 2 163 6 70 8 156 1 103 227 1 D IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 39 B Stainless Steel Housing Reduced Bore Type R2 E1 DY040 R1 E1 to DY200 R2 E1 B Flange type 14 5 0 57 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL Unit mm approx inch L he TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DYOAO R2 E1 DYOBO R2 E1 DYOBO R2 E1 DY100 R2 E1 DY150 R2 E1 DY200 R2 E1 PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS BS2 pn BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJi BJ2 BS BS2 But BJ2 BS BS2 L 150 5 91 170 6 69 200 7 87 220 8 66 270 10 63 310 12 20 C 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 71 2 79 93 8 3 69 138 8 5 46 185 6 7 30 cs 14 6 0 57 25 7 1 01 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 71 2 79 93 8 3 69 140 140 127 1554 155 155 1524 165 1 185 200 190 5 209 6 210 225 2286 254 280 305 2794 317 5 330 350 3429 381 5 51 5 51 4 94 6 12 6 10 6 10 6 00 6 50 7 28 7 87 7 50 8 25 8 27 8 86 9 00 10 00 11 02 12 01 11 00 12 50 12 99 13 78 13 50 15 00 288 288 281 5 295 7 297 5 297 5 296 2 302 5 319 5
118. 4358 8659 12960 21559 30163 38765 47365 68867 90373 111875 _ min 575 809 990 1445 2202 2599 3175 4617 6059 7501 max 7792 15482 23172 38549 53933 69313 84693 123138 161591 200046 bvl min 1037 1461 1788 2306 3127 4019 4911 7140 9370 11600 max 12049 23939 35833 59611 83400 107181 130968 190418 249881 309334 m min 1485 2093 2561 3303 4479 5756 7033 10226 13419 16612 max 17256 34286 51317 85370 119441 153499 187556 272699 357856 443017 oma min 2790 3933 4812 7020 9821 12622 15422 22424 29426 36427 max 28378 56385 84391 140405 196418 252432 308445 448479 588513 728547 1 Listed flow rate is at standard conditions STP 0 C 1atm 2 Listed gauge pressure is at process temperature of 0 C 3 Maximum flow rate is the lower of 80m s 4 Minimum flow rate value is the lower limit of the accuracy range IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Table 13 10 Range of Measurable Saturated Steam Flow Rate at Selected Process Pressures 13 17 Flow Minimum and Maximum Measurable Flow Rate in kg h Model Code Rate Limits 0 1 MPa 0 2 MPa 0 4 MPa 0 6 MPa 0 8MPa 1MPa 1 5MPa 2MPa 2 5MPa 3MPa Dvots DY025 DYo4o min 5 8 10 7 7 0 11 1 8 8 11 6 10 4 12 1 11 6 12 3 12 8 153 19 1 23 6
119. 45 4 9 66 263 5 10 37 Hi 127 5 00 129 5 08 136 5 35 495 498 566 427 471 471 46 636 636 672 56 629 629 60 1 742 742 849 697 808 80 8 778 1 95 1 95 2 23 1 68 1 85 1 85 1 81 2 50 2 50 2 65 2 20 2 48 2 48 2 37 2 92 2 92 3 34 2 74 3 18 3 18 3 06 F 24 7 247 28 3 214 23 5 235 23 318 318 33 6 28 314 314 30 1 37 4 37 1 424 348 404 404 38 9 0 97 0 97 1 11 0 84 0 93 0 93 0 91 1 25 1 25 1 32 1 10 124 1 24 1 19 1 46 1 46 1 67 1 37 1 59 1 59 1 53 13 13 t 14 14 14 13 17 17 47 14 a uz 33 17 17 22 14 20 20 17 0 51 0 51 0 67 0 55 0 55 0 55 0 51 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 55 0 67 0 67 0 51 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 55 0 79 0 79 0 67 WEIGHT kg b 2 9 6 4 3 8 8 4 44 9 7 TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DYOSU E1 DYO80 E1 DY 100 E1 ADI reet to AD1 AD3 AD1 AD3 An AJ2 AJ AM AA2 AM apa aut AJ2 asa AM aaz AM AD2 AD4 ast AJ2 asa AA1 aaz AM AD2 AD4 L 75 2 95 100 3 94 120 4 72 B 37 5 148 40 157 50 1 97 c 51 1 201 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 p 92 3 62 127 5 00 157 2 6 19 H 295 11 61 329 5 12 97 359 6 14 16 Hi 158 6 22 175 6 89 190 7 48 E 459 498 48
120. 5 DY150 Velocity 35m s to 80m s DY200 D Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO mm Re Reynolds number non unit Note This table shows the accuracy of pulse output In case of analog output add up x 0 196 of full scale to the values mentioned above for High Temperature Version Multi Variable Type and combination of High Temperature Multi Variable Type and Reduced Bore Type Model Code HT MV IHT MV R1 IHT MV R2 52 096 20000sRe 1500 D nins 1 5 1500 DsRe DY040 DY050 2 0 20000 lt Re lt 1000 D Liquid Gegen 1 5 1000 DsRe 2 0 20000sRe DY100 2 0 20000 lt Re DY150 2 0 40000sRe 1000 D DY200 1 5 1000 DsRe 2 0 40000 lt Re DY025 DY040 DY050 12 076 5 Velocity 35m s or less 2 076 o p eat DY080 2 5 Velocity 35m s or less 12 076 eam DY100 Velocity 35m s to 80m s 12 5906 Velocity Soms or less Velocity 35m s to 80m s 12 576 DY150 Velocity 35m s to 80m s DY200 DY025 DY040 DY050 3 0 43 0 Saturated Velocity 35m s or less ZU mm DY080 e 9 Velocity 35m s or less 13 076 steam 3 5 9 Velocity 35m s or less DY100 Velocity 35m s to 80m s 3 576 LS Velocity 35m s to 80m s 3 57 DY150 Velocity 35m s to 80m s DY200 D Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO mm Re Reynolds number non unit Note This table shows the accuracy of pulse output In case of analog outpu
121. 6 48 6 57 4 612 651 644 644 612 612 67 768 7 amp 5 729 766 826 689 727 1 81 1 96 1 91 4 91 2 26 2 41 2 56 2 54 2 54 2 41 2 41 2 64 2 79 3 09 2 87 3 02 325 2 71 2 86 F 55 4 60 1 58 7 58 7 693 739 78 5 777 777 739 739 808 855 947 88 925 997 834 878 2 18 2 37 2 31 2 31 2 73 2 51 3 09 3 06 3 66 2 91 2 91 8 18 3 37 3 73 3 46 3 64 3 93 327 3 46 z 17 17 17 17 17 21 21 20 20 17 17 17 21 23 17 20 23 7 21 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 83 0 79 0 79 0 67 0 67 0 67 0 83 0 91 0 67 0 79 0 91 0 67 0 83 WEIGHT kg ib 6 4 13 4 9 5 20 9 12 9 28 4 Note 1 The holes are not provided Note 2 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 35 B Stainless Steel Housing DY015 E1 to DY100 E1 B Flange type 20 0 78 14 5 0 57 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL 58 2 28 Unit mm
122. 6 3 Parameters List and Section 6 4 Parameters Description on how to change setting 5 4 1 Display Configuration of Setting Mode Simple parameter sheet In this sheet a setting flow chart and the parameter list required to operate digitalYEWFLO is indicated Item number Change item number using SHIFT key and INC key HD G s ina 9 SHIFT INC Geer number ef Oe using SHIFT key and INC key F0506 ai BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES Flowrate Display Mode SHIFT SET Parameter Setting Mode Select Item SHIFT Menu lt gt Item Number INC SHIFT SET SET Inc Menu Item Number Set Data Select Type INC Inc Data Number Numeric Value Setting Type SHIFT Move Cursor INC SET Inc Numeric Value SHIFT or INC y Check Setting Data SET Fix Setting Data F0507 ai Figure 5 3 Indicator Configuration and Parameter Setting Procedure When completing setting press SHIFT key and SET key simultaneously The mode move to the display mode IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 5 7 5 4 2 Data Setting Method E Input method of numeric data Example 1 Change the span from 100m h to 150m h The setting mode can be changed referring to Section
123. 65 94 59 198 45 235 94 100 11 115 54 122 16 177 28 299 88 401 31 102 09 102 091 18 19 123 26 306 5 403 52 TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DY250 HT DY300 HT DY400 HT PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 370 14 57 400 15 75 520 20 47 Cc 230 8 9 09 276 2 10 87 354 2 13 94 D 400 430 406 4 444 5 445 480 482 6 520 7 560 605 596 9 647 7 15 75 16 93 16 00 17 50 17 52 18 90 19 00 20 50 22 05 23 82 23 5 25 5 H 720 735 723 742 772 790 791 810 887 5 910 906 931 4 28 35 28 94 28 46 29 21 30 39 31 10 31 14 31 89 34 94 35 83 35 67 36 67 Hi 416 16 38 446 17 56 504 19 84 T 24 34 30 2 47 8 24 36 318 50 8 28 46 36 6 572 0 94 1 34 1 19 1 88 0 94 142 1 25 2 00 1 10 1 81 1 44 225 J 355 380 362 387 4 400 430 431 8 450 9 510 540 5398 571 5 13 98 14 96 14 25 15 25 15 75 16 93 17 00 17 75 20 08 21 26 21 25 22 5 12 12 12 16 16 16 12 16 16 16 16 20 G 25 27 25 4 28 5 25 27 25 4 31 8 27 33 28 5 35 1 0 98 1 06 1 00 1 12 0 98 1 06 1 00 1 25 1 06 1 30 1 12 1 38 WEIGHT kg Ib 78 100 90 125 100 128 140 178 265 308 300 370 g 171 99 220 5 198 45 275 63 220 5 282 24 308 7 392 49 584 2 679
124. 7 It checks that the revision number which it is going to change into the Next universal rev column is displayed Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Revision numbers Next universal rev 4 Applying the new protocol revision a Close the configuration tool After completion of Chng universal rev method close the HART configuration tool A NOTE When using a FieldMate close the main display of FieldMate b Restart the device Turn off the power to the device and turn it on A IMPORTANT New protocol revision is applied only after having performed restart of the device IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 AA NOTE A new HART revision number is displayed on the integral indicator for three seconds after restart the device Refer to Section 9 2 HART Configuration Tool and Matching of Device Revision 5 Confirming the new protocol revision a Restart the HART configuration tool N NOTE When execute the other parameter confirmation or setting change execute after restart the configuration tool b Confirm the new HART protocol revision number Call up the Universal rev parameter and confirm that the new HART revision number is displayed Procedure to call up the Universal rev parameter Root Menu Detailed setup gt Device information Revision numbers Universal rev DD HART 5 7 DTM HART 7 DTM HART 5
125. 7 5 00 129 5 08 T 12 047 14 0 55 20 0 779 11 2 9 44 14 2 0 56 21 0 83 28 8 1 13 16 0 63 19 9 076 28 8 1 13 14 0 55 16 0 63 22 0 87 14 2 0 56 17 5 0 69 24 0 94 94 9 1 37 18 0 71 24 0 94 94 9 1 37 J 70 2 76 70 2 76 80 7 15 60 5 2 38 66 5 2 62 66 5 2 62 82 6 3 25 65 2 56 66 5 2 62 82 6 3 25 90 3 54 90 3 54 95 3 74 79 2 3 12 89 3 50 89 3 50 101 6 4 00 85 3 5 89 3 50 101 6 4 00 N 4 4 G 15 0 59 15 0 59 19 0 75 157 0 62 15 7 0 62 15 7 0 62 22 4 0 88 14 0 55 15 7 0 62 22 4 0 88 19 0 75 19 0 75 19 0 75 157 0 62 19 0 75 19 0 75 25 4 1 00 14 0 55 19 0 75 25 4 1 00 WEIGHT kg lb 4 2 9 26 4 3 9 48 5 9 13 01 4 1 9 04 4 5 9 48 4 6 10 14 6 7 04 72 4 2 9 26 45 9 92 6 8 14 99 6 9 15 21 7 1 15 66 8 6 18 96 6 6 14 55 7 2 15 88 7 7 16 98 11 1 24 48 6 9 15 21 7 9 17 42 11 4 25 14 TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE MODEL CODE DY040 DY050 e BAI BA2 BA4 BAS Sch BAT BA2 BA4 BAS ni BJ1 BJ2 BJ4 BS1 B52 BS4 BS5 BD4 ca cas BJ BJ2 D I BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 BD4 cas cas L 150 5 91 200 7 87 150 6 91 185 7 28 200 7 87 170 6 69 230 9 06 170 6 69 205 8 07 230 9 06 Cc 397 1 56 51 1 201 D 140 6 51 140 6 51 160 6 30 127 6 00 1554 6 12 1554 6 12 77 8 7 00 150 6 91 1554 6 12 77 8 7 09 155 6 10 155 6 10 165 6 50
126. 74 3 12 55 3 51 4 00 3 35 350 4 00 4 4 e 15 15 19 157 157 157 224 14 157 224 19 19 19 157 19 19 254 14 19 254 0 59 0 59 0 75 0 62 0 62 0 62 0 88 0 55 0 62 0 88 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 62 0 75 0 75 1 00 0 55 0 75 1 00 WeicHTkg by 43 44 6 42 44 4T 68 43 46 69 7 72 87 67 73 78 n2 7 8 115 g 95 97 13 2 9 3 097 04 150 9 5 aon 152 154 15 9 192 148 16 1 17 2 24 7 15 4 017 6 25 4 TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DYO40 E1 DYOSO E1 BD1 BD1 Bee pat BA2 Bag BAS to BAT Baz Bas Bas to BJ BJ2 BJ4 BS Bs2 BS4 BS5 BD4 CA4 cas BJ BJ2 BJ4 BS Bs2 Bs4 Bs5 BD4 CM cas 150 200 150 185 200 170 230 170 205 230 5 90 7 88 5 90 728 7 88 6 69 9 06 6 69 8 07 9 06 c 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 5 140 140 160 127 1554 1554 177 8 150 1554 177 8 155 155 165 1524 1651 165 1 2159 165 165 1 2159 551 5 51 6 30 6 00 6 12 6 12 7 00 5 90 6 12 7 00 6 10 6 10 6 50 6 00 6 50 6 50 8 50 6 50 6 50 8 50 H 297 297 307 2905 3047 3047 3159 302 3047 315 9 3265 3265 331 5 3252 331 5 3315 357 3315 331 5 aer 11 69 11 69 12 09 11 44 12 00 12 00 12
127. 77 to 3547 177 to 3547 IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 16 Table 13 9 Range of Measurable Air Flow Rate at Selected Process Pressures Flow Minimum and Maximum Measurable Flow Rate in Nm h Model Code Rate Limits 0 MPa 0 1 MPa 0 2MPa 0 4 MPa 0 6MPa 8MPa 1MPa 1 5MPa 2MPa 2 5 MPa pyo1s DYO25 DYo4o min 4 8 11 1 6 7 11 1 8 2 11 1 10 5 11 1 12 5 16 1 197 286 375 464 Pi IR2 max 482 95 8 143 239 334 429 524 762 1000 1238 Dvoos DY040 Dvoso min 11 0 19 5 15 5 19 5 19 0 19 5 24 5 29 0 333 406 590 775 959 IR R2 max 149 297 444 739 1034 1329 1624 2361 3098 3836 Dvo4o DYOSO Dvoso min 21 8 30 0 30 8 37 8 48 7 61 6 79 2 97 149 184 229 R1 IR2 max 356 708 1060 1764 2468 3171 3875 5634 7394 9153 DYO80 Gem min 36 2 887 51 624 80 5 102 131 161 233 306 379 dE R2 max 591 1174 1757 2922 4088 5254 6420 9335 12249 15164 Dvogo D DY150 min 70 1 98 4 120 155 197 254 310 451 591 732 IR1 IR2 max 1140 2266 3391 5642 7892 10143 12394 18021 23648 29274 Gem DY150 DY200 min 122 172 211 272 334 442 540 786 1031 1277 IR1 IR2 max 1990 3954 5919 9847 13775 17703 21632 31453 41274 51095 veel Dram _ min 268 377 485 808 1131 1453 1776 2583 3389 4196 Pi max
128. 8 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 G 19 0 75 23 0 91 23 0 91 19 0 75 22 4 0 88 22 4 0 88 25 4 1 00 18 0 71 18 0 71 224 0 88 25 4 1 00 19 0 75 23 0 9 25 0 98 19 0 75 224 0 88 25 4 1 09 31 8 129 18 0 71 22 0 87 254 01 00 31 8 1 25 WEIGHT kg b 174 88 37 20 44 1 254 56 01 20 44 1 238 5248 254 66 01 35 7 78 72 19 4 4278 20 44 1 27 1 69 76 36 3 80 04 22 8 50 27 26 8 59 09 38 1 84 01 27 4 60 42 359 79 16 50 8 112 01 559 123 26 232 61 16 27 4 60 42 528 116 42 56 6 124 8 Note 1 Integral weight is the same as Remote Note 2 In case of with Indicator add 0 2kg Note 3 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 24 B Flange type DY150 to DY400 74 2 91 Unit mm 59 2 32 59 2 32 WITH INDICATOR approx inch ELECTRICAL 125 4 92 4 5 0 18 CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE MODEL CODE DY150 DY200 PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA4 BAS BD1 BD3 BAT BA2 BA4 BAS CONNECTION BJ BJ2 BJ4 BS Bs2_ BS4 BS5 BD2 BD4 CA4 cas BJi BJ2 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 BD BD2 BD3 BD4 cad CAS L 270 310 336 270 325 340 310 370 386 310 375 390 10 63 12 21 13 23 10 63 12 80 13 39 12 20 14 57 15 20 12 20 14 77
129. 9 22 10 OPERATION After you have installed the flowmeter into the process piping wired the input output terminals set up the required parameters the vortex flowmeter should output an accurate flow signal from its terminals as soon as the measured liquid begins to flow This section describes procedure of test method and adjustment method for the pre operation N NOTE The initial parameter setting has already been done at the factory according to the sizing data when ordering Therefore it is not necessary to set parameters except measurement condition changes or some additions happen 10 1 Adjustment 10 1 1 Zero Adjustment No zero adjustment is necessary since the zero point does not shift Because of the effect of electrical noise and vibration noise digitalYEWFLO may provide an output even when the flowrate is zero In that case properly eliminate the source of the noise Refer to Section 10 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode 10 1 2 Span Adjustment In normal application you need not confirm the span If you need to ensure the output of 4 to 20mA DC refer to Subsection 10 1 3 Loop Test 10 1 3 Loop Test To ensure output of 4 to 20mA DC or pulse their loop tests can be done using parameter J10 Analog out or J20 Pulse test If you are verifying the analog output follow the procedure on the verification procedure lt Check Procedure gt 1 Connect the instruments referring to Fig
130. A00 01EN 5 Perform attachment of flameproof packing adaptor in the following ways Refer to Figure 4 11 a Loosen the locking screw and remove the terminal box cover b Measure the cable outer diameter in two directions to within 0 1 mm c Calculate the average of the two diameters and use packing with an internal diameter nearest to this value Refer to Table 4 2 Screw the flameproof packing adapter into the terminal box until the O Ring touches the wiring port at least 6 full turns and firmly tighten the lock nut Insert the cable through the union nut the B coupling the clamp nut the clamp ring the packing gland the washer the packing and the packing case in that order f Insert the end of the cable into the terminal box Tighten the union cover to grip the cable When tightening the union cover tighten approximately one turn past the point where the cable will no longer move up and down Proper tightening is important If it is too tight a circuit break in the cable may occur if not tight enough the flameproof effectiveness will be compromised h Fasten the cable by tightening the clamp nut i Tighten the lock nut on the union nut j Connect the cable wires to each terminal o wa T ew a a Do not connect cables outdoors in wet weather in order to prevent damage from condensation and to protect the insulation b Do not splice the cable between the flowtube
131. ART 5 Configuration gt HART gt Poll addr Enter the number from 1 to 15 2 Enabling the Multidrop Mode About the procedure to call up the Polling display please refer to the User s Manual of each configuration tool N NOTE When the same polling address is set for two or more devices in multidrop mode communication with these devices are disabled 3 Communication when set in multidrop mode The HART configuration tool seaches for a device that is set in multidrop mode when it is turned on When the HART configuration tool is connected to the device the polling address andthe tag will be displayed Select the desired device After that normal communication to the selected device is possible However the communication speed will be slow To release multidrop mode call up the Poll addr display and the address to 0 8 10 3 Switching HART Protocol Revision When the output signal code is J HART protocol revision of device can be selectable from 5 or 7 The HART protocol revision is set and shipped as specified in the order To change the HART protocol revision after shipment follow the procedure shown below IMPORTANT When change the protocol revision confirm the items below Protocol revision supported by HART configuration tool must be the same or higher than new protocol revision of the device Refer to Section 8 1 HART Protocol Revision Confirm that the DD or
132. Assembly D Gasket Vortex Shedder Flow direction Assembly Pin Guide Pin Hole Guide Pin Hole Vortex Shedder Vortex Shedder Assembly Assembly Flow Direction Arrow A Flow direction F1104 ai Figure 11 3 Disassembling and Reassembling the Vortex Shedder Assembly IM 01F06A00 01EN 11 6 11 MAINTENANCE Upstream Upstream ADO Number of bolts 2 Upstream Upstream Number of bolts 6 Number of bolts 8 Figure 11 4 Procedure of tightening bolts 11 6 Flow Calculation 1 Flow Calculation The flowrate is calculated with the following equations based on the N number of generated vortices a Flow rate in engineering units RATE 1 RATE N x hx e x eX e X gp x UL x Us 11 1 Metric Units KT KM x U x 14 81 x T715 x 105 we 11 2 1 English Units KT KM x 1 2 627 x T 59 x10 5 11 2 2 b Flow rate 96 RATE 96 1 RATE RATE x F x 100 sa 11 3 S c Totalized value TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL ATOTAL 11 4 1 1 ATOTAL RATE x At x SC x Un 11 5 d Pulse output frequency PULSE FREQ e Scaled pulse i PULSEFREQ RATExp x 11 6 1 R TM Unscaled pulse 1 1 PULSE FREQ N x At Pa 11 6 2 Where Number of bolts 10 F1105 ai e Velocity V 1 4 VEN x dx ep Ui up we 11 7 Reynolds number Re Metric Units Re V x D x p x 1000 11 8 1 English
133. CONNECTION Bin Lamp BJ4 BS BS2 BS4 BS5 BD2 BD4 CA4 cas BJ BJ2 BS1 BS2 BS4 BS5 BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4 CA4 CAS L 270 310 336 270 325 340 310 370 386 310 375 390 10 63 12 20 13 23 10 63 12 80 13 39 12 21 14 57 15 20 12 21 14 76 15 35 C 138 8 5 46 185 6 Shedder Bar Materia L E X 440 4524 477 5 439 7 4585 478 490 5 442 5 450 478 490 5 497 507 5035 5225 5415 567 502 502 512 5195 5415 567 H eer Bar Material L E 47 32 17 81 18 80 17 31 18 05 18 82 19 31 17 42 17 72 18 82 19 31 19 57 19 96 19 82 20 57 21 32 22 32 19 76 19 76 20 16 20 45 21 32 22 32 Shedder Bar Materia p 447 459 4 4845 4467 465 5 485 4975 4495 457 485 4975 504 514 5105 529 5 548 5 574 509 509 519 526 5 5485 574 H 17 60 18 09 19 07 17 59 18 33 19 09 19 59 17 70 17 99 19 09 19 59 19 84 20 24 20 10 20 85 21 59 22 60 20 04 20 04 20 43 20 73 21 59 22 60 H1 Shedder Bar Material L E X 209 8 23 241 9 49 Shedder Bar Material B 216 8 50 248 9 76 T 22 28 44 254 366 544 62 22 28 557 63 6 22 30 28 4 41 1 62 699 24 24 30 34 636 714 0 87 1 10 173 1 00 1 44 2 14 2 44 0 87 1 10 2 19 250 0 87
134. CRC 125 4 92 m 3 EJ ei e NA 3 A K e E 8 2 co rn mh y i f H 1 H H x _ Ir X H i ra z T KA N A H ees enr x tech H 8 M cl j H Aq 1 y L gt TYPE REMOTE MODEL CODE DYO40 HT R1 DYOSO HT R1 DYO80 HT R1 PROCESS BAI BA2 BAI BA2 BAI BA2 CONNECTION Si BJ2 Pei BS2 BJ BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 150 5 90 170 6 69 200 7 87 c 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 71 2 79 cs 25 7 1 01 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 D 140651 140 5 51 127 6 00 155 4 6 12 155 6 10 155 6 10 152 4 6 00 165 1 6 50 185 7 28 200 7 87 190 5 7 50 209 6 8 25 H 44555 17 4 445 5 17 54 439 17 28 453 17 83 460 18 11 460 18 11 458 5 18 05 465 18 30 497 19 57 504 5 19 86 500 19 68 509 5 20 05 Ho 272 10 71 279 10 98 301 11 85 T 1663 18 0 71 17 5 0 69 20 6 0 81 16 0 63 18 0 71 19 1 0 75 22 4 0 88 18 0 71 22 0 87 23 9 0 94 284 1 11 J 1054 13 105 4 13 98 6 3 88 114 3 4 50 120 4 72 120 4 72 120 7 4 75 127 5 00 150 5 91 160 6 30 152 4 6 00 168 2 6 62 N 4 4 4 8 8 8 4 8 G 19 0 75 19 0 75 15 7 0 62 22 4 0 88 19 075 19 075 190 75 19 075 19 0 75 23 091 19 0 75 22 4 0 88 WEIGHT kg Ib 10 220 105 23 1 98216 13 28 7 109 240 11554 118060 14 309 19419 221487 22 3 492 27 3 602 TYPE REMOTE MODEL
135. DIN PN40 Flange RF ANSI Class 600 Flange RJ ANSI Class 900 Flange RJ Electrical JIS G 1 2 Female Connection 9 2 ANSI 1 2 NPT Female 10 ISO M201 5 Female Indicator With Indicator S Nes None Indicator Remote type detector Options O Refer to Option Specifications 1 Output signal code E HART 5 Output signal code J is recommended for HART communication E 3 4 5 6 K Refer to Table 13 1 8 19r Refer to Table 13 2 Protected Type 10 Wb 12 13 14 One set of end finish part is attached Output signal code J HART 5 or HART 7 selectable Specify HART 5 or For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protcol refer to GS 01F06F01 01EN For Fiel In case of A JIS SCS14A the process connection is available for JIS AJO BJO In case of B ASTM CF8M the process connection is available for ANSI AAO BAO BSO CALI and DIN ADO BDO corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personnel and or damage to p he instrument can contaminate the user s process fluids Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid sulfuric acid hydrogen sulfide sodium hypochlorite and hightemperature steam 150 C 302 F or above Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material DYA Vortex Flowmeter Converter Remote Type HART 7 when ordering dbus communication typ
136. EL CODE DY250 DY300 DY400 PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ BJ2 BS BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 L 370 14 57 400 15 75 520 20 47 C 230 8 9 09 276 2 10 87 354 2 13 94 D 400 140 406 4 444 5 445 480 4826 520 7 560 605 5969 647 7 15 75 5 51 16 00 17 50 17 52 18 90 19 00 20 50 22 05 23 82 23 5 25 5 H 581 309 5 584 603 633 651 652 671 757 5 780 776 801 22 87 12 19 22 99 23 74 24 92 25 63 25 67 26 42 29 82 30 71 30 55 31 54 Hi 277 10 91 307 12 09 374 14 72 T 24 34 302 478 24 36 318 508 28 46 366 572 0 94 1 34 1 19 1 88 0 94 1 42 1 25 2 00 1 10 1 81 1 44 2 25 J 355 380 362 387 4 400 430 4318 450 9 510 540 539 8 571 5 13 98 14 96 14 25 15 25 15 75 16 93 17 00 17 75 20 08 21 26 21 25 22 5 N 12 12 12 16 16 16 12 16 16 16 16 20 c 25 27 254 285 25 27 254 318 27 33 285 351 0 98 1 06 1 00 1 12 0 98 1 06 1 00 1 25 1 06 1 30 1 12 1 38 Note 1 Integral weight is the same as Remote Note 2 In case of with Indicator add 0 2kg Note 3 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 0
137. Fluid Function Special Units Special unit D40 Special unit Base unit D41 User s unit D42 Conversion factor D43 Total Total A30 Total start stop B40 Total rate B45 Total reset Adjust User adjust H20 Raynolds adjust H25 Raynolds adjust Process density K36 Gas expansion fact H30 Flow adjust H40 Flow adjust Indicate parameter only whe Flow adjust is activated Maintenance Lowcut D20 TLA K10 R Signal level K20 R Noise balance mode K25 R Noise balance mode R Noise ratio K26 High vibration K45 Velocity K30 R Span Velocity K32 R Status group 1 enum ries Pequenes uenc rel R Status group 2 enum fe UOIEGT an A uenc 5 Roe R Status group 3 enum enu type number Analog Output Flow span B10 PV Damp B15 AO Arlm typ Out limit H D30 MV Analog out select B50 MV Analog out select MV Temp damping F50 R Er record group 1 enum Device information R Status group 2 enum Model R Status group 3 enum Manufacturer Hardware rev Software rev Descriptor Massage Date Final asmbly num HART Tag Poll addr Dev id Universal rev Fld dev rev Next universal rev Chng universal rev Num req preams Physical signl code Burst mode Burst option F Calibration D A trim M Scaled D A trim M G Write Protect write protect M Software seal R F0814 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 1 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 N NOTE
138. H Shedder Bar Material L E X 477 5 18 80 487 5 19 19 484 19 06 503 19 80 Shedder Bar Material B 484 5 19 07 494 5 19 47 491 19 33 510 20 08 Ht Shedder Bar Material L E X 209 8 23 Shedder Bar Material B 216 8 50 T 22 0 87 30 1 18 28 4 1 12 41 1 1 62 J 290 11 42 305 12 01 298 5 11 75 330 2 13 00 N 12 12 8 12 G 23 0 91 25 0 98 22 4 0 88 25 4 1 00 WEIGHT kg Ib 58 7 129 4 74 1 163 4 70 7 155 9 402 9 226 9 Note 1 Integral weight is the same as Remote Note 2 In case of with Indicator add 0 2kg Note 3 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 30 B High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type HT R1 DY040 HT R1 up to DY150 HT R1 B Flange type ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL Unit mm approx inch Note 1 The flow direction is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code
139. J4 BS Bs2 Bs4 BS5 BD2 BD4 cas cas BJ BJ2 BJ4 Bs Bs2 Bs4 Bs5 BD2 BD4 cas cas t 200 245 200 235 250 220 240 280 220 270 285 7 88 9 65 7 88 9 25 9 84 8 66 945 11 02 8 66 10 63 11 22 c 71 2 80 93 8 3 69 B 185 200 210 1905 209 6 2096 2413 200 200 2096 2413 210 225 250 2286 254 273 2921 220 235 273 292 1 7 28 7 87 8 27 7 50 825 8 25 9 50 7 87 7 87 8 25 9 50 8 27 8 86 9 84 9 00 10 00 10 75 11 50 8 66 9 25 10 75 11 50 H 3585 366 371 3615 3708 3708 386 5 366 366 3708 3805 386 3935 406 3053 408 4175 427 301 3085 4175 427 14 11 14 41 14 61 14 23 14 60 14 60 15 22 14 41 14 41 14 60 15 22 15 20 15 49 15 98 15 56 16 06 16 44 16 81 15 39 15 69 16 44 16 81 H1 175 6 89 190 7 48 7 18 22 32 239 284 382 445 20 24 397 46 18 24 36 239 318 445 509 20 24 46 524 0 71 0 87 1 26 0 94 1 12 1 51 1 75 0 79 0 94 1 56 1 81 0 71 0 94 142 0 94 1 25 1 75 2 00 0 79 0 94 1 81 2 06 1 150 160 170 1524 1682 168 1905 160 160 168 1905 175 185 205 1905 2002 216 235 180 190 216 235 591 6 30 6 69 6 00 6
140. L HART 7 9 6 a Burst Command Select the transmission data at Burst Command parameter Burst Command Command parameter Cmd1 PV Variable assigned to PV Cmd2 range current range current Percent of rang Loop current Cmd3 Dyn vars current Process vars current Loop current c Update Period and Max Update Period Set to Update Period and MaxUpdate Period Set greater value of update period than a value which is set in each process value For Update Period set the value that is smaller than Max Update Period Procedure to call up the display PV SV TV QV Cmd9 Device vars Process vars range current w Status Mapping by user Cmd33 Device Process vars range current Variables Mapping by user Device Status Cmd48 Read Additional Self diagnosis information b Burst Variable Code This parameter is possible to be set when Burst Command is Cmd9 Device vars w Status up to eight items and Cmd33 Device Variables up to four items Set device variables to a bare minimum to avoid to get the communication time longer Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup DTM HART 7 Configure outputs HART output Burst Condition Burst Message 2 or 3 Set Burst Period gt Update Period 0 5s Max Update 1s Period 2s 4s 8s 16s 32s 1 min 5 min 10 min 15 min 30 min 45 m
141. L4 1 Meterbody M01 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar M02 Material certificates Mill sheets bd 1o bg DY specified 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar 3 Bottom plug M03 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar 3 Bottom plug 4 Welding rod M04 3 1 certificate to be attached according to EN 10204 1 Meterbody E01 Material certificates 3 1 Item to be 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar DY E02 specified 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar 3 Bottom plug E03 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar 3 Bottom plug 4 Welding rod E04 Positive Material Identification certificate to be attached for the main 3 chemical components of 7 specified materials Each certificate to be attached PMI test certificate D 1 Meterbody DY PM1 specified 1 Meterbody 2 Shedder bar PM2 1 Welder Welding Operator Performance Qualification or Welder Qualification Record 2 Welding Procedure Specification WPS 3 Procedure Qualification Record PQR ASMEweldng Each certificate to be attached DY WP documents submission Note 10 The customer s name and job name to be specified when ordered Item to be 1 Welded portion for the bottom plug specified 2 Welded portion for the flange in case of the welding construction Dye Penetrant test certificate for the welded portion to be attached Each certificate to be attached DY Dye Penetrant test certificate 1 Welded portion for the bottom plug 2 is for DY250 to PT Item to be s i DY400 specified 2 Welded portion for the flange in case of the welding con
142. NG Table 4 1 b The wiring example for the simultaneous analog and pulse output the calculation formula of the range of load registance R for the pulse output Connection Simultaneous Analog Pulse Output Example 1 In this case Communication is possible up to a distance of 2km when a CEV cable is used Example 2 In this case Communication is possible up to a distance of 200m when a CEV cable is used and R 1kQ Example 3 In this case No communi cation is possible when shielded cable is not used Description When analog and pulse output are used the length of communication line is subjected to wiring conditions Refer to example 1 to 3 If the communication carries out from amplifier no need to consider wiring conditions Shield Shielded Cable Distributor or communication medium For the shielded cables in this example of flowmeter installation use two wire separately shielded cables 4 3 Q This supply voltage requires a power sourse with a maximum output current of no less than E R E 10 5 to 30V DC Counting input 1 digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Common For the shielded cables in this example of flowmeter installation use two wire separately shielded cables 4 This supply voltage requires a power sourse with a maximum output current of no less than E R 25mA The supply voltage requires output impedance no more than 1 1000
143. NNG SUPPLY AX ware ZER TSUP Sane USE We FEAT resem Eu tus E CE oO YOKOGAWA Madein 2 rorem SEENEN E see wers o N200 WO Safety barriers DY Flowmeter o D 0 SUPPLY m te 0 o PULSE i sot for 6 0 0 Remote type without built in Temperature sensor Hazardous i Non Hazardous Location Location i Safety barriers DY N Detector DYA Converter o FO loa SUPPLY o 0 B OT OT PULSE roc o To o oc o 0 oe N DYC Signal cable Remote type with built in Temperature sensor Hazardous i Non Hazardous Location gt Location Safety barriers DY N Detector DYA Converter i Ee T6 A SUPPLY B i T PULSE L c L DYC Signal cable H Electrical data Signal Supply Circuit Terminals SUPPLY and Ui 30 V li 300 mA Pi 0 9 W linear source Ci 14 nF Li 0 mH Pulse Circuit Terminals PULSE and Ui 30 V li 300 mA Pi 0 9 W linear source Ci 14 nF Li 0 mH Refer to Contact rating for the maximum current value of Pulse Circuit Note It shall be assured that the voltage difference between the output circuits of the associated apparatus safety barriers is not more than 30V Cables for the connection for Signal Supply Circuit and Pulse Circuit shall be of Type A or B in accordance with IEC 60
144. O M20 X 1 5 female Special conditions for safe use Precautions shall be taken to minimize the risk from electrostatic discharge of painted parts When the enclosure of the flow meter or the flow converter are made of aluminum if it is mounted in an area where the use of EPL Ga equipment is required it must be installed such that even in the event of rare incidents ignition Sources due to impact and friction sparks are excluded The dielectric strength of at least 500 V a c r m s between the intrinsically safe circuits and the enclosure of the flow meter or the converter is limited only by the overvoltage protection 2 Installation WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code Usethe suitable heat resisting cables over 90 C for the digitalYEWFLO Model DY Series Vortex Flowmeter when the ambient temperature exceeds 60 C and or the process temperature exceeds 200 C Cable glands and adapters shall be of Ex d for Ex d installations Cable glands and adapters shall be installed so as to maintain the specified degree of protection IP Code of the flowmeter The grounding terminals are located on the inside and outside of the terminal area Connect the cable to grounding terminal in accordance with wiring procedure 1 or 2 Case Cable f Washer y A S cow 48 el Screw de Q Ne ay Washer Cable Clamp 1 Internal grounding
145. O or more at 2 4 kHz 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 2 Selection of HART 5 HART 7 Output Signal Code E J Ordering m o Information Specify S Specify ur j ia HART5 HART7 evision YES Be sure to confirm the Requirement protocol for HART 7 NO revision functionarlity ofthe HART configuration Selection tool gie 2e e f Shownin 2 Not available Available to Other to switch to switch to HART conditions HART 7 T protocol after protocol delivery by after userconfiguration delivery Remarks 1 2 2 1 E is HART5 exclusive model and will be terminated J is recommended for HART communication 2 HART protocol revision for the device and HART configuration tool HART7 communication is supported by FieldMate R2 02 or later HART protocol revision and availability Protocol revision supported by HART configuration tool 5 7 DY or DYAHART 5 Available Available DY or DYAHART 7 Not Available Available Note Protocol revision supported by HART configuration tool must be the same or higher than that of the digitalYEWFLO Functions Damping Time Constant 0 to 99 Sec 63 response time Note Delay time is 0 5 Sec Analog output circuit time constant is 0 3 Sec Pulse Output Function Pulse output is selected from scaled pulse unscaled pulse frequency number of pulses output per second at 100 of output Pulse fre
146. PERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 R Read only CR Continuous read x RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal Upload Download To be continued to next page D2 Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask D1 Event notification Event notification control Event mask Device Status Mask Status group 1 Status group 2 Status group 3 Ext dev status Mask Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask Event notification retry time Set event notification timing M R Update period enum Max update time R Update period enum Event debounce interval R Knowledge Flow rate Update time period R Total Update time period R Temperature Update time period R Density Update time period R Dynamic variable assignment MV Acknowledge event notification Event Status Event Number Time first unack event triggered Latched Cfg chng count Latched Device Status Status group 1 Status group 2 Status group 3 Latched Ext dev status Latched Device Diagnostic Status S PV is R PV assign enum SV is R Dyn var assign enum TV is R Dyn var assign enum QV is R Dyn var assign enum MV Chng dyn var assign M Dyn var as
147. Rising Burst Device Variable loop current PV SV TV and QV Falling On change Self diagnosis information Cmd48 Read Continuous Additional Device Status On change All status 1 Output the data with time and status 2 Select at Burst Device Variables IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 5 2 Burst mode setting procedure Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt DTM HART 7 Configure outputs HART output Burst Condition Burst Message 1 2 or 3 Burst Command Burst transmition setup Y Setup of Burst Command a Burst Command Cmd9 Cmd33 Burst Command y Cmd1 Cmd2 Setup of Device Valiables b Burst Variable Code Cmd3 Cmd48 III a a l Method Set Burst Period Setup of Update Period e Ties Ae and Max Max Update Period B by Set Burst Piriod Ll ll cid Method Set Burst Trigger Setup of Burst Trigger Mode d Burst Msg Trigger Mode by Set Burst Trigger Window Rising Falling Burst Trigger Mode v Setup of Burst Trigger Level Continuous On change Setup of Burst Mode e Burst Mode e F0906 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOO
148. Root Menu Configuration gt HART Universal rev 5 HART protocol revision 5 7 HART protocol revision 7 9 10 7 Other Operations for the HART Configuration Tool Regarding other operations for the HART Configuration Tool refer to the HART Configuration Tool operations manual 9 13 IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 14 9 11 Menu Tree HART 7 DD HART 7 Menu Tree Root Menu DD Flow rate Device Setup Loop Current Flow span DTM HART 7 Menu Tree Process variables Diag Service Basic setup Detailed setup Review gt A B C DD D m E Root Menu DTM e Device Configuration Configure Setup e Diagnostic Device Diagnostics Diag Service Self test Status e Diagnostic Device Diagnostics Diag Service Device diagnosis Process Variable WW Basic setup Detailed setup Review Diag Service Process variables L C DTM gt D gt E gt B gt A R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type A Process variables Flow rate A20 CR Total A30 CR Temp A41 CR Sernge A710 CR Loop Current CR Device variable stat
149. User s Model DY cicjitcarY ctwvwvru o Manual Vortex Flowmeter Integral Type Remote Type Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter Remote Type IM 01F06A00 01EN wau4 4 vigilantplant YOKOGAWA IM 01F06A00 01EN 17th Edition Yokogawa Electric Corporation Model DY Vortex Flowmeter Integral Type Remote Type Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter Remote Type IM 01F06A00 01EN 17th Edition Contents 1 INTRODUCTION BEI 1 1 1 1 Using This Instrument Safety eese 1 2 1 2 Warta E E E 1 3 1 3 ATEX Documentation rtt AENEA 1 4 2 HANDLING PRECAUTION S weiss csssccscasscsnssnnacevissucnscexnonsnnenannanncsnctarwenesnends dl 2 1 Checking Model and Specifications eene 2 1 2 2 Transportation and Storage Precautions eene 2 1 3 INSTALLATION Mu 3 1 3 1 Installation Precautlons cnen entrent tnnt nnno nt e Rx tra aaa 3 1 3 2 Piping Precautions e 3 1 3 3 Maintenance of PIPING ssscccccccccccccccccesscceccescceenttesceesttecctssttssceestesstzesttasieesteasizestis 3 5 3 4 Cryogenic and High Process Temperature Version Insulation 3 6 3 5 Mounting Procedures esses eene nnne nennt entente nnne nn
150. W OFF 0 Contact Output Type 0 D L SCALED PULSE 1 UNSCALED PULSE 2 FREQUENCY 3 ALARM 4 FLOW SW LOW ON 5 FLOW SW LOW OFF 6 Indicate and Set only for B20 SCALED PULSE UNSCALED PULSE B21 PULSE RATE W 0 00001 to 32000 FU P 0to5 Pulse Output Rate 1009 D L Indicate and Set only for B20 FREQUENCY B22 FREQAT 100 W 0to 10000 PPS 0 Pulse Output Rate at sec 100 1000 D L Indicate and Set only for B20 FLOW SW ON FLOW SW OFF B23 SETLEVEL W 0 00001 to 32000 FU C40 0to5 Flow Switch Actual Flow rate 0 D L B30 UPPER DISP W FLOW RATE 96 0 Selection of Upper Display 0 D L FLOW RATE 1 TEMP 96 2 only for MV B31 LOWER DISP W BLANK 0 Selection of Lower Display 0 D L TOTAL 1 TEMP 2 only for MV B40 TOTAL START W STOP 0 Start Stop of Totalizer 0 D L START 1 B45 TOTAL RATE W 0 00001 to 32000 0 FU P Oto5 Total Rate 100 D L B47 TOTAL RESET W NOT EXECUTE 0 Totalizer Reset 0 D L EXECUTE 1 Indicate and Set only for MV B50 A OUT SELECT W FLOW 0 Selection of Analog Output 0 D L TEMP 1 Indicate and Set only for MV and B50 TEMP B51 TEMP 0 W 999 9 to 999 9 D20 1 Set Temperature Value at 096 40 D L B52 TEMP 100 W 999 9 to 999 9 D20 1 Set Temperature Value at 100 250 2 D L B60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR FU Flow unit 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 2 If 7 00 or less v
151. W degt 0 Selection of Temperature Unit 0 D L deg F 1 C31 TEMPf W 999 9 to 999 9 C30 1 Operating Temperature 15 0 2 D L Manual Setting Value C32 TEMP b W_ 999 9 to 999 9 C30 1 Standard Normal 15002 D L Temperature C33 PRESS UNIT W MPa abs 0 Selection of Pressure Unit 0 D L kPa abs 1 bar abs 2 kg cm a 3 psia 4 C34 PRESS f W 0 00001 to 32000 C33 0to5 Absolute Pressure at 0 101302 D L Operating Condition Manual Setting Value C35 PRESS b W 0 00001 to 32000 C33 0to5 Absolute Pressure at Standard 0 1013 D L Condition C36 DEVIATION W 0 001 to 10 0 3 Deviation Factor 1 002 D L IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS 6 4 Item Name R W Data Range Unit Hectnal Remark inital U D Point Value C37 STD NORUNIT W Nm 0 Selection of Volumetric Unit at 0 L k Nm 1 Normal M Nm 2 Condition NI 3 N Normal Sm 4 S Standard k Sm 5 M Sm 6 SI 7 scf 8 k scf 9 M scf 10 C40 TIME UNIT W s 0 Selection of Time Unit 2 2 L m 1 h 2 Id 3 C45 FLOW SPAN W 0 00001 to 32000 FU C40 Oto5 Flow Span 10 0 C50 DAMPING W 0to99 sec 0 Damping Time 4 C60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR FU Flow unit 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 2 If specified when ordering it is set to the specified contents IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS 4
152. White B O E J J J O B White i O C Black Black CO Inner shield Ow BE T Only for MV F0404 ai Figure 4 4 Construction of DYC Signal Cable IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 WIRING 4 6 4 5 End Processing Method of DYC Signal Cable 4 5 1 For Vortex Flowmeter DY N Description Figure Strip off the outer polyethylene jacket outer braided 5 0 2 10 0 4 Unit mm shield and inner jacket and inner braided shield as approx inches per the dimensions below Conductive Layer Black T Yellow Strip off the black conductive layer convering two wires completely as per the dimensions below Twist each of the conductor and drain wires so that there are no free strands 0 1 6 5 0 2 40 1 T Yellow 5 5 1 1 A Red oe 50 2 0 Conductive Layer Black the tubing cannot be slid any further and then cut off the tubing leaving 5 mm 0 2 in of the stranded drain wires exposed 60 2 4 B White Do not short circuit the conductive layer and the terminals A B C and T Strip off about 5 mm 0 2 in of insulation for each Drain wires of wires A B and Ti and twist the strands of each C Black T Yellow wire Twist the inner and outer drain wires together A Red rt B White lef 0 2 5 K gt 1 9 0 2 Slide FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene tubing 5 0 2 FEP Insulation Tubing over the twisted inner and outer
153. Y100 DY150 Dydso EAM Uer 71 0 3 33 13 2 0 925 DY150 DY200 DW Er ae 93 8 143 9 88 0 397 DY150 SC 1388 0441 667 0 123 DY200 1856 0 185 5 00 0 0514 DY250 230 8 0 0966 4 04 0 0268 pvao 276 2 0 0563 3 37 0 0156 DY400 3542 0 0265 261 0 00736 E Pressure Loss Calculation of pressure loss for standard type obtained from the following equations AP 108x10 xpxv 1 or Q AP 135xp x E mm 2 where AP Pressure loss kPa p Density at operating condition kg m v Flow velocity m s Q Actual flow rate m h D Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO mm Example DY050 hot water 80 C flowrate 30 m3 h 1 Since the density of water at 80 C is 972 kg m3 substitute this value in equation 2 AP 2135x972x 30 51 1 17 3 kPa 2 Obtain the pressure loss using equation 1 The flow velocity when the flow rate is 30 m h is given by Euri 4 07 m s 51 1 v 354xQ D Therefore substitute this value in equation 1 AP 108 x 10 x 972 x 4 07 17 3 kPa lt 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 18 Calculation of pressure loss for reduced bore type Option code R1 obtained from the following equations AP 124 x 105 x p x v dines doped 3 or AP 155 x p x Q D4 Sa SE 4 Example DY040 R1 hot water 50 C flowrate 10 m h 1 Since the density of water at 50 C is 992 kg m substitute this value in equ
154. Y100 DY400 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY400 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY015 DY015 DY015 DY015 ANSI Class 600 AA4 o BA4 to CA4 to BS4 to DY100 DY200 DY200 DY200 DY015 DY015 DY015 ANSI Class 900 BA5 to CA5 to BS5 to DY200 DY200 DY200 DY015 DY015 DIN PN10 AD1 o BD1 to DY100 DY200 DY015 DY015 DIN PN16 AD2 o BD2 to DY100 DY200 DY015 DY015 DIN PN25 AD3 o BD3 to DY100 DY200 DY015 DY015 DIN PN40 AD4 o BD4 to DY100 DY200 Note ANSI standardized types are worked by serration finishing except the Smooth Finish type The Smooth Finish type is shipped without serration finishing e Refer to Subsection 13 3 2 Option Reduced Bore Type R1 R2 when you select reduced bore type R1 R2 IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 8 13 3 Option Specifications Item Specification Applicable Model Code Multi Variable Type Note 5 Build in Temperature sensor Pt 1000 in vortex shedder bar DY DYA MV Integrated and welded construction with concentric reduced bore piping R1 Reduced bore type Note 8 Note 12 R1 Detector size B is one meter body size down of digitalYEWFLO to flange pipe size A DY R2 Detector size B is two meter body size down of digitalYEWFLO to flange pipe s
155. a Range Unit ois Remark he Disp U D H00 ADJUST Menu H Adjust H10 TRIM 4mA W 1 1 00 to 1 00 96 2 Trimming 4mA 0 0 D H11 TRIM 20mA W _ 1 00 to 1 00 96 2 Trimming 20mA 0 0 D H20 USER ADJUST W 0 00001 to 32000 0to5 User Adjust 1 0 D H25 REYNOLDSADJ W NOTACTIVE 0 Reynolds Coefficient 0 D ACTIVE 1 Indicate and Set only for H25 ACTIVE H26 DENSITY f W 0 00001 to 32000 D25 Oto5 Density at operating condition 1024 D H27 VISCOSITY W 0 00001 to 32000 mPa s Oto5 Viscosity factor 1 0 D H30 EXPANSION FA W NOTACTIVE 0 Expansion correction for 0 D ACTIVE 1 compressible Gas H40 FLOW ADJUST W NNOTACTIVE 0 Instrumental Error Adjust 0 D ACTIVE 1 Indicator and Set only for H40 ACTIVE H41 FREQUENCY 1 W 0 to 32000 Hz 0to5 First break point frequency f1 0 0 D H42 DATA 1 W 50 00 to 50 00 2 First correcting value d1 0 0 D H43 FREQUENCY 2 W_ 0 to 32000 Hz 0to5 Second break point frequency f2 0 0 D H44 DATA2 W_ 50 00 to 50 00 2 Second correcting value d2 0 0 D H45 FREQUENCY 3 W_ 0 to 32000 Hz 0to5 Third break point frequency f3 0 0 D H46 DATA 3 W 50 00 to 50 00 96 2 Third correcting value d3 0 0 D H47 FREQUENCY 4 W 0 to 32000 Hz Oto5 Fourth break point frequency f4 0 0 D H48 DATA4 W_ 50 00 to 50 00 2 Fourth correcting value d4 0 0 D H49 FREQUENCY 5 W 0 to 32000 Hz 0to5 Fifth break point frequency f5 0 0 D H50 DATA 5 W 1 50 00 to 50 00 96 2 Fifth correcting value
156. ached to the case Verify that they are the same as those specified in the original order refer to Chapter 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS In any correspondence always give model MODEL and serial number QJ digitaWEWFLO TAG NO VORTEX FLOWMETER Ge YOKOGAWA maon 2 SCC F0201 ai Figure 2 1 a Example of Name Plate for Integral Type QJ digita YWEWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER M a NO YOKOGAWA wacein 2 OJ adigitaiv EWFLO TAGNO VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER KFAC i BIEN 10 5 42v0c YOKOGAWA mason 2 F0202 ai Figure 2 1 b Example of Name Plate for Remote Type 1 Kfactor at 15 C 2 The product producing country 2 2 Transportation and Storage Precautions If the instrument is to be stored for a long period of time after delivery observe the following points 1 The instrument should be stored in its original packing condition in the storage location 2 Select a storage location that fulfils the following conditions Aplace where it will not be exposed to rain or water Aplace subject to minimal vibrations or shocks Temperature and humidity levels should be as follows Temperature 40 to 80 C Humidity 5 to 10096 RH no condensation The preferred ambient temperature and humidity levels are 25 C and approximately 65 RH 3 If the digitalY EWFLO vortex flowmeter is transf
157. acket for Remote r Conveter DYA The bracket material for remote converter type DYA is JIS SUS304 DYA SB 7 There is an arrester inside converter for power supply line DY Integral Type Lightning Protector Maximum power supply voltage 30VDC DYA A NACE Material Note 10 Refer to Table 13 1 DY NC Compliance with NAMUR Note 6 Compliance with NAMUR43 Current signal for measurement is 4mA up to 20 5mA Set output DY DYA NM 3 6mA or less when burn out occurred n Anti corrosion Version II Refer to Table 13 1 DY150 R1 DY150 R2 and DY200 R2 are not Anti corrosion Version II DY HY available Converter Installing Direction 180 S EEN m a Change Note4 Converter installing direction 180 change inversely when shipped DY CRC Down scale burn out in CPU or DY Integral Type EEPROM failure Note 3 Set output 3 6mA or less when burn out occurred 1 DYA C1 Stainless steel housing Note 9 Converter housing case and cover material JIS SCS14A or ASTM ASME CF8M stainless steel DY N DYA E1 castings equivalent to JIS SUS316 Power source connection port and signal cable remote type connection port JIS G1 2 female DY JF3 G11 Flameproof Packing Adapter thread Other cable shape 8 to 12 G11 One piece G12 Two pieces DYA JF3 G12 Level 2 Declaration and Calibration Equipment List DY DYA L2 Calibration Certificate Level 3 Declaration and Primary Standard List DY DYA L3 Level 4 Declaration and YOKOGAWA Measuring DY DYA
158. ailed setup D Review E F0805 ai R Read only Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write Xz Device revision 4 0 or later M Method of HCF CL Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type A Process variables PV A20 CR PV rnge A10 CR AO1 CR Total A30 CR MV Temp A41 CR MV TV 96 rnge A40 CR MV AO3 CR B Diag Service Self test Status Self test M Status Status group 1 R Status group 1 enum Status group 2 R Status group 2 enum Status group 3 R Status group 3 enum Loop test Test output 0 Out analog Method Out pulse Out Status D A trim Scaled D A trim M Test auto release time Master reset M Status group 1 enum Flow over output Span set error Pulse out over Pulse set error Device ID not entered Sensor fault Pre amp fault EEPROM fault Status group 2 enum Status group 3 enum Transient noise High vibration Over temp Temp over output Clogging Temp sensor fault Fluctuating Temp convert fault F0806 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 R Read only CR Continuous read s RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type c Upload Download Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal Easy setup Contact output
159. ainless steel JIS SCS14A ASTM CF8M 1 Flange materials for DY250 to DY400 are JIS SUS F304 Shedder Bar Duplex stainless steel Size 15mm ASTM 831803 Size 25mm to 400mm EN 1 4517 Gasket JIS SUS316 stainless steel with polytetrafluoroethylene Teflon coating Non Wetted Parts Housing Case Cover Aluminum alloy JIS ADC12 Name Plate Stainless steel JIS SUS304 DYA Mounting Bracket for 2B pipe Carbon steel sheet JIS SPCC JIS SECC Coating Color Housing Polyurethane corrosion resistant coating Deep sea moss green Munsell 0 6GY 3 1 2 0 DYA Mounting Bracket for 2B pipe Polyurethane corrosion resistant coating Frosty white Munsell 2 5Y 8 4 1 2 Degree of Protection IP66 IP67 IEC 60529 Type 4X NEMA 250 Type of Protection Refer to Section 13 3 Option Specifications Electrical Connection JIS G1 2 female ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female Signal Cable Model DYC signal cable used for remote detector and converter Signal cable length is up to 30 m Outer Sheath Material Heat resisting polyethylene Durable Temperature 40 to 150 C IM 01F06A00 01EN Weight Refer to Section 13 7 External Dimensions Mounting Integral type and Remote type detector Flange mounting or wafer mounting by flange adjacent to the pipeline Remote type converter 2 inch pipe mounting Electrical Specifications Note Pulse output alarm output and status output use the common terminal therefore these functions are
160. al portion between shedder bar and amplifier housing IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 15 Certificate Remote Integral Type Shedder Flowmeter Type Model bar Detector Material N None D With N None Indicator Indicator Indicator DY015 E TC14901 TC14912 TC14923 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 X TC18903 TC18914 TC18925 DY025 E TC19504 TC19513 TC19522 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 X TC18904 TC18915 TC18926 DY040 E TC19505 TC19514 TC19523 DY050 R1 DYO080 R2 X TC18905 TC18916 TC18927 DY050 E TC19506 TC19515 TC19524 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 X TC18906 TC18917 TC18928 DY080 E TC19507 TC19516 TC19525 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 X TC18907 TC18918 TC18929 DY100 E TC19508 TC19517 TC19526 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 X TC18908 TC18919 TC18930 DY150 E TC19509 TC19518 TC19527 DY200 R1 X TC18909 TC18920 TC18931 E TC19510 TC19519 TC19528 DY200 X TC18910 TC18921 TC18932 DY250 E TC19511 TC19520 TC19529 DY300 E TC19512 TC19521 TC19530 DY400 B TC18945 TC18955 TC18965 Remote Type Shedder Converter Model bar Material N None D With Indicator Indicator DYA TC14934 TC14935 Integral Type Flowmeter Remote Type Flowmeter Current Signal DC4 20mA Pulse Signal ON 2V 200mA OFF 42V 4mA Output Current 100p Ap p None Indicator With Indicator Detec
161. al Box Orientation The converter and the terminal box can be changed in four directions with respect to the flow direction Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 1 Remove the converter cover In case of the explosion proof type cover removal loosen the Locking Screw WAF 3mm 2 For indicator and amplifier unit removal refer to Section 11 2 Indicator Removal and Rotation and Section 11 3 Amplifier Unit Removal 3 Disconnect the vortex shedder assembly lead wires from the converter In case of the explosion proof type loosen the Locking Screw WAF 1 5mm 4 Remove the bracket mounting bolts and remove the converter and bracket from the flowmeter body The bracket applies to the 1 25mm to 4 100mm inch flowmeters 5 Remove the hexagon mounting bolts in case of 90 degree turn 6 Turn the converter to the desired orientation When reassembling the converter reverse the above procedure 72 After changing the direction make sure the impedance between the earth terminal and the metal part of body vortex shedder assembly or bracket is 1000 or less Locking Screw For the explosion protected type Flameproof TIIS ATEX IECEx Bracket Hexagon Mounting Bolt four Bracket Locking Mounting Screw Bolt two WAF 1 5mm Converter Cover Vortex Shedder Assembly Remote Type Vortex Detector 1 Remove the terminal box cover In case of the explosion proof type
162. al components essential to equipment functions 4 Path length of joint surface On a joint surface the length of the shortest path through which flame flows from the inside to outside of the flameproof enclosure This definition cannot be applied to threaded joints IM 01F06A00 01EN INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT 2 5 Gaps between joint surfaces The physical distance between two mating surfaces or differences in diameters if the mating surfaces are cylindrical Note The permissible sizes of gaps between joint surfaces the path length of a joint surface and the number of joint threads are determined by such factors as the enclosure s internal volume joint and mating surface construction and the explosion classification of the specified gases and vapours 4 Installation of Flameproof Apparatus 1 Installation Area Flameproof apparatus may be installed in accordance with applicable gases in a hazardous area in Zone 1 or 2 where the specified gases are present Those apparatus shall not be installed in a hazardous area in Zone 0 Note Hazardous areas are classified in zones based upon the frequency of the appearance and the duration of an explosive gas atmosphere as follows Zone 0 An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is present continuously or is present for long periods Zone 1 An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is likely to occur in normal operati
163. an be confirmed by setting any value and status to the selected device variable Call up the parameter Method and follow the message shown After completing the step 5 in the next table the simulation starts Procedure of device variable simulation Call up the Root Menu Diag Service parameter Simulate M 2 Selection of Select one parameter from the list Device Variable below Off Flow rate Total Temperature Density Percent range Loop Current step1 3 Setting of Value Input the simulate value 4 Setting of Data Select one parameter from the list quality below Bad Poor accuracy Manual Fixed Good 5 Setting of Limit Select one parameter from the list status below Not limited Low limited High limited Constant f NOTE The simulations act on current LCD display communication and alarm The simulation of total flow rate acts on LCD display and communication not on measuring total flow rate The measuring total flow rate is continuosly working during simulation IM 01F06A00 01EN Figure 9 3 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Flow rate computing Calc vortex freq Damping vortex freq Get Vortex Freq J Vortex freq Calc Process D velocity Process density computing Calc flow density Simulation Process density L0
164. and ensure Ensure TLA value the pipeline conditions in K10 TLA F1003 ai Figure 10 3 Tuning Flow If this adjustment is executed the following value is changed K25 N B MODE MANUAL K26 NOISE RATIO Constant value Minimum flowrate is increased when TLA value is changed form initial value IM 01F06A00 01EN 1 Tuning method 1 Ensure the condition of flowrate The necessary condition for tuning function is zero flow 2 Executing the tuning function Set TUNING AT ZERO of K25 N B MODE Wait more 30 second 3 Finishing the tuning functions Using the BT200 a Press DATA key of BT200 function key b Ensure the indication of MANUAL which is K25 N B MODE NOW TUNING is indicated during tuning operation Using the indicator a Press SHIFT and SET key simultaneously b Press SET key and ensure 01 of Lower indication 02 is indicated during tuning operation Execute a b once again 2 TLA value TLA values is possible to change after executing TUNING In this case minimum flowrate is increased Minimum flowrate for TLA value is given by below equation Minimum Flowrate Specified Minimum x TLA Value after Tuning after changing TLA Flowrate GE a Ts Value TLA initial value or defalt value F1004 ai Ensure minimum flowrate for changing TLA value 3 Output After tuning ensure that the indication reads is zero where no fluid is
165. as been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual However if any errors or omissions are found please inform Yokogawa The specifications covered by this manual are limited to those for the standard type under the specified model number break down and do not cover custom made instruments Please note that this manual may not be revised for any specification changes construction changes or operating part changes that are not considered to affect function or performance Yokogawa assumes no responsibilities for this product except as stated in the warranty If the customer or any third party is harmed by the use of this product Yokogawa assumes no responsibility for any such harm owing to any defects in the product which were not predictable or for any indirect damages 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 m Safety and Modification Precautions The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this instrument Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific WARNINGS given elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the instrument Yokogawa assumes no liability for the customer s failure to comply with these requirements If this instrument is used in a manner not specified in this manual the protection provided by this instrument may be impaired Yokogawa will not be liable for malfunctions or da
166. ata via HART Configuration Tool when the burst mode is set on The data is sent intermittently as a digital signal at 3 times a second Procedure to call up Burst option and Burst mode 1 Setting the data to be sent Root Menu Detailed Setup Configure outputs HART Output Burst option Select the type of data to be sent from the following options Instantaneous flow rate PV Output in and current output 9o range current Current output PV SV TV QV Setting the burst mode Root Menu Detailed Setup Configure outputs HART Output Burst mode Then select On at the menu to start the burst mode To release from the burst mode call up the burst mode display and set to Off The default setting is Off 2 IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 8 4 8 10 2 Multidrop Mode Multidropping devices refers to the connection of several devices to a single communications transmission line Up to 15 devices can be connected when set in the multidrop mode To activate multidrop communication the device address must be changed to a number from 1 to 15 This change deactivates the 4 to 20 mA analog output sending it to 4 mA The alarm current is also disabled 1 Polling address Procedure to call up the display DD HART 5 Root Menu Detailed setup gt Configure outputs HART output gt DTM H
167. ate DEKRA 13ATEX0192 X Type of protection Ex ia IIC T4 T1 Ga Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Ex ia IIC T6 T1 Ga Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex ia IIC T4 Ga Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Groups Category Il 1 G Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 40 to 80 79 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Option LT below 29 C for Option MV at T6 40 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 2 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Temperature Class Process Temperature T4 29 C to 135 C T3 29 C to 199 C T2 29 C to 250 C T1 29 C to 250 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature T6 196 C to 84 79 C T5 196 C to 100 C T4 196 C to 135 C T3 196 C to 199 C T2 196 C to 299 289 C T1 196 C to 449 439 C Use HT option above 250 C use LT option below 29 C for MV option Electrical data Supply and Output Circuit SUPPLY and PULSE and Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30Vdc Maximum Input Current li 300mA Refer to Contact rating for pulse output Maximum Input Power Pi 0 9 W Internal Capacitance Ci 14nF Internal Inductance Li OmH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female IS
168. ation 4 AP 155 x 992 x 10 25 7 35 3 kPa 2 Obtain by using equation 3 The flow velocity when the flow rate is 10 m h is given by vu 354xQ x D 354 x 10x 25 7 5 4m s Therefore substitute this value in equation 3 AP 124 x 10 x 992 x 5 4 35 3 kPa Calculation of pressure loss for reduced bore type Option code R2 obtained from the following equations AP 138 x 10 x p x v Sage 5 or Q AP See ETT 6 Example DY050 R2 hot water 50 C flowrate 15 m3 h 1 Since the density of water at 50 C is 992 kg m substitute this value in equation 6 AP 173 x 992 x 15 25 7 88 5 kPa 2 Obtain by using equation 5 The flow velocity when the flow rate is 15m h is given by 354x15 v 354xQ D 8 0m s 25 f Therefore substitute this value in equation 5 AP 2138x105x 992 x 8 0 88 5 kPa IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 19 E Cavitation Minimum Back Pressure Liquid service only Cavitation occurs when the flow line pressure is low and flow velocity is high during fluid measurement preventing correct measurement of flow rate The optimum line pressure can be obtained from the following equation P 2 7 x AP 1 3 Po wre 7 Where P Line pressure 2 to 7 times as large as internal diameter on downstream of flowmeter body surface kPa absolute AP Pressure loss kPa Refer to the item above Po Saturation liquid vapor pressure at o
169. auses the initial data Screen on the left to be displayed The tag number specified upon ordering is entered or ENTER MENU DISPLAY m A B EASY SETUP C BASIC SETUP D AUX SETUP E METER SETUP H ADJUST HOME SET ADJ ESC PARAM A10 FLOW RATE 80 0 A20 FLOW RATE 100m3 h A30 TOTAL 1417 DATA DIAG PRNT ESC PARAM A10 FLOW RATE 80 0 A20 FLOW RATE 100m3 h A30 TOTAL 1417 DATA DIAG PRNT ESC Inverse Video Bar Pressing the F4 or ENTER causes the menu screen on the left to be displayed With A DISPLAY displayed on the menu panel in the inverse video bar press ENTER key and the flow data screen appears Maximum three data items can be displayed on one Screen Executing Function Key F1 Updates the current data F2 Displays the self check screen F3 Displays the parameter print sreen F4 Returns to the previous panel menu panel He ew Function Key F0703 ai e Function key The functions of the function keys vary with the commands being displayed on the display panel Table 7 1 Function Command List Command Function ADJ Displays the ADJ menu CAPS caps Selects uppercase or lowercase CODE Selects symbols CLR Erases input data or deletes all data DATA Updates parameter data DEL Deletes one character DIAG Calls the self check panel
170. ce Status Mask Status group 1 to 3 Ext dev status Mask Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask a Get Event Number Confirm the latest event number Execute Acknowledge Event Notification method 1 Set 0 to enter Event Number 2 OK 3 Set Trans 0 Read Event Notification to Select Transaction 4 OK 5 Confirm Event Number IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 8 b Acknowledge Event Notification Execute Acknowledge Event Notification method 1 Set the event number which is confirmed in a 5 to enter Event Number 2 OK 3 Set Trans 1 Send Acknowledge to Select Transaction 4 OK 5 Confirm Event Status is 0x00 3 Event Notification Record DTM Procedure to call up the display DTM HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt Configure outputs HART output gt Event Notification Knowledge Acknowledge Acquisition of the event number and Event approval Notification 9 10 4 Multidrop Mode Multidroping devices refer to the connection of several devices to a single communication transmission line Up to 63 devices can be connected when set in the multidrop mode To activate multidrop communication the device address must be changed to a number from 1 to 63 If it sets to multidrop mode in order to transmit all the data in digital one it is necessary to change a setup of the analog signal output of four to 20 mA S
171. ced Bore Type R1 E1 DY025 R1 E1 to DY150 R1 E1 B Flange type 14 5 0 57 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL Unit mm approx inch T SS a amp L emm TYPE REMOTE MODELCODE DYO25 R1 E1 DY040 R1 E1 DYOSO R1 E1 DYO80 R1 E1 DY100 R1 E1 DY150 R1 E1 PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS BS2 pn BJ2 Bs BS2 BJ1 BJ2 Bs BS2 BJ BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ BJ2 BS Bs2 BJ BJ2 BS BS2 L 150 5 91 150 5 91 170 6 69 200 7 87 220 8 66 270 10 63 c 25 7 1 01 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 71 2 79 93 8 3 69 138 8 5 46 cs 14 6 0 57 25 7 1 01 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 71 2 79 93 8 3 69 D 125 125 108 124 140 140 127 1554 155 155 1524 165 1 185 200 190 5 209 6 210 225 2286 254 280 305 2794 317 5 4 92 4 92 4 25 4 88 6 51 5 51 4 94 6 12 6 10 6 10 6 00 6 50 7 28 7 87 7 50 8 25 8 27 8 86 9 00 10 00 11 02 12 01 11 00 12 50 4 280 5 280 5 272 280 290 290 283 5 297 7 304 5 304 5 303 2 309 5 341 5 349 3445 353 8 371 3785 3803 393 421 433 5 4207 439 5 11 04 11 04 10 71
172. coating Teflon coating A povi ra stainless steel uoroethylene DY100 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 with polytetra a GE 6 Teflon coating fluoroethylene Stainless stee DY130 E Teflon coating e plated with silver DY200 DY250 DY300 DY400 D Note1 Wafer type Process Connection AOO DYO15 to DY100 Flange type Process Connection BOO DYO15 to DY400 Reduced bore type is Flange type only Table 13 2 Flowmeter Selection Guide p Wafer Flange Raised Face Flange Ring Joint Flange Raised Face Smooth Finish rocess i Suffi Suffi Suffi Suffi Connection Sux Model Code W Model Code Wi Model Code Wie Model Code Code Code Code Code DY015 DY015 DYO25 R1 DYO40 R2 JIS 10K AJ1 o BJ1 to t to DY100 DY400 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY015 DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 JIS 20K AJ2 o BJ2 to to to DY100 DY400 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY015 DY015 JIS 40K AJ4 o BJ4 to DY100 DY150 DY015 DY015 DYO25 R1 DYO40 R2 DY015 DYO25 R1 DY040 R2 ANSI Class 150 AAT o BA1 to to to BS1 to to to DY100 DY400 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY400 DY200 R1 DY200 R2 DY015 DY015 DYO25 R1 DYO40 R2 DY015 DYO25 R1 DYO40 R2 ANSI Class 300 AA2 o BA2 to to to BS2 to to to D
173. criptions 14 9 Delete SAA Intrinsically Safe Approval Add IECEx Intrinsically 14 15 Revise TIIS Certification table 15 1 Revise PED descriptions IM 01F06A00 01EN
174. criptor Root Menu Detailed setup gt Device information Message Date Root Menu Detailed setup gt Device information Date Message When changing the tag number or device information enter the information directly within the following limitations Item Number and characters Tag 8 Descripter 16 Message 32 Date 2 2 2 mm dd yy mm month dd day yy year 1 All characters in the following table can be used etr i amp i l9 amp l 9 l EAR 0 3 2 3 4 el la 9l lt gt Q A B C D F IGIH I J K ILIMIN O P Q RIS T VIiWIXI YI zit vf H F0804 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 8 3 8 6 Parameter Setting The parameter structure of the HART configuration tool is hierarchical Refer to Section 8 11 Menu Tree HART 5 for the corresponding parameters The menu tree shows a cross reference of the parameters for HART configuration Tool and BRAIN Terminal Refer to Section 6 4 Parameters Description for the functions of parameters Note that some display parameters of digitalYEWFLO are different from those of HART Configuration Tools 8 7 Data Renewing and Upload Download function 1 Data renewing Following data are renewed in 0 5 to 2 seconds cycle PV PV rnge PVAOT Total Temp TV rnge AO3 only for MV 2 U
175. ction will be reset automatically When this test is executed current output is fixed at 096 4mA 6 PARAMETERS 6 18 J30 OUT STATUS Status output test Status output test can be executed OFF 0 or ON 1 When this test is executed current output is fixed at 096 4mA Exiting this parameter item or stopping access after ten minutes this function will be reset automatically J40 RELEASE TIME Release time Automatic reset time of J10 J20 and J30 can be change Select from 10min 0 30min 1 60min 2 3h 3 6h 4 or 12h 5 9 Item K Maintenance These items are for maintenance A value in is the data corresponding to indicator K10 TLA TLA Adjustment Trigger level TLA is adjusted upon shipment Therefore TLA adjustment is nonnecessity But set TLA adjustment below as The measurement of Low flow rate area is required Mechanical vibration and impact are applied to digitalYEWFLO and Zero point and low flow rate area is output Note Refer to Section 10 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode K20 SIGNAL LEVEL Signal Level Set the signal level K25 N B MODE Noise Balance Mode Set the Noise Balance Mode from AUTO 0 MANUAL 1 or TUNING AT ZERO 2 K26 N B RATIO The ratio of Noise Balance When NOISE BALANCE MODE N B MODE is AUTO noise balance value is the indication only When N B mode is MANUAL the noise balance can be adjusted entering
176. d and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type D3 Device information Manufacturer R Tag RW Long tag RW Descriptor RW Message RW Date RW Write protect R Revision numbers Universal rev R Fid dev rev R Software rev R Hardware rev R Final asmbly num R Dev id R Next universal rev R Chng universal rev M Max dev vars R Device profile R Device profile enum Flow rate Update time period R Country RW Country enum MV Thermometer Function Method Monitor only Saturated steam Mass unit Time unit End mn ol Sr HS Superheat steam Pressure unit TT T 9 a a a ALANA E Gas STD Normal Ty TT N B RN Clou E Pressure unit enum mm ON OT T WININININ SIRSKI Liquid Mass N CO E mu ON DOT T NNN BS mnm w 09 Co RESE A oO Not use Cable length F52 RW Temp damping F50 RW Analog out select F55 M Method E Review Review 1 Review 2 Review 3 MV Review 4 Device profile enum Country enum Pressure unit enum Process automation device 0x5553 US MPa abs Discrete device 0x4a50 JP 0x4445 DE kg Sqcm abs 0x4652 FR 0x4553 ES 0x5255 RU 0x434e CN F0917 ai IM 01F06A00
177. d5 0 0 D H60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 8 Item J Test These items are for test of output A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator Item Name R W Data Range Unit ping Remark iin Disp U D JOO TEST Menu J Test J10 OUTANALOG W 0 0to 110 0 96 1 Current Output 0 0 D J20 OUT PULSE W Oto 10000 PPS 0 Pulse Output 0 D J30 OUT STATUS W OFF 0 Status Output 0 D ON 1 J402 RELEASE TIME W 10min 0 Test auto release time 0 D 30min 1 60min 2 3h 3 6h 4 12h 5 J60 SELF CHECK R GOOD Self diagnostic message ERROR 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 2 Available for 7 00 or greater version that can be checked in K50 IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS 6 10 9 Item K Maintenance These items are for maintenance Item Name R W Data Range Unit Decimal Remark Initial Disp U D Point Value K00 MAINTENANCE Menu K Maintenance K10 TLA W 0 1 to 20 0 1 Trigger Level Adjust 1 0 D K20 SIGNAL LEVEL W 0 1 to 20 0 1 Signal Level 1 0 D K25 N B MODE W AUTO 0 Selection of Noise balance Mode 0 D MANUAL 1 TUNING AT ZERO 2 K26 NOISE RATIO R W 0 00 to 2 00 2 D K28 SET VORTEX F W 0 to 10000 Hz Oto5 Output test by setting simulated
178. dation HCF 8 1 HART Protocol Revision For the models with the output signal code J HART protocol revision 5 or 7 is selectable The protocol revision is set as specified in the order Confirmation by the name plate The HART protocol revision is shown by the last number of the serial number In the case of the communication code J The HART protocol revision is shown by the last number of y the serial number i atta MM l l e I YOKOGAWA wis x00 CE aO I 5 HART 5 7 HART 7 l l l l l l J F0801 ai Figure 8 1 Name Plate 8 2 HART Configuration Tool and Matching of Device Revision Before using the HART Configuration Tool such as FieldMate confirm that the DD Device Description of the digitalYEWFLO is installed in the Configuration Tool before using DY and DYAHART 5 Device type 0x37 Device revision 3 or 4 A IMPORTANT Protocol revision supported by HART configuration tool must be the same or higher than that of the digitalYEWFLO Protocol Rev supported by HART configuration tool 5 7 DY or DYAHART 5 Available Available DY or DYAHART 7 Not available Available The DD revisions for digitalYEWFLO and Configuration Tool s can confirm in accordance with the following steps If the correct DD is not installed in the HART Configuration Tool download them from the official HART programming sites oth
179. dd R2 9 8 Revisions 9 9 Revision 9 10 Add R2 9 11 Revisions 9 14 Add R2 9 15 Add R2 9 16 Add R2 9 17 Add R2 9 18 Add R2 9 27 Revisions 9 28 Revisions 9 29 30 Add R2 10 4 Revision 10 13 Revisions 11th Aug 2008 3 3 Additions 4 1 Additions 4 21 Additions 5 2 to 8 Additions 5 11 Additions 5 13 Additions 5 14 Additions 6 1 Revisions of Figure 6 1 7 4 Additions of Table 7 1 7 5 Revisions of Figure 7 3 7 7 8 Corrections 9 11 to 13 Additions 9 14 15 Revisions 9 16 Corrections 10 1 to 12 Chap 10 Revisions IM 01F06A00 01EN Edition Data Page Revised Item 12th Mar 2010 1 1 Figure 1 Revision 2 5 2 4 Revision 2 7 Table 2 3 Revision 3 2 Figure 3 2 Revision 3 3 Table 3 1 Revision 3 4 Figure 3 5 Revision 4 9 Figure 4 4 Revision 4 13 to 21 4 6 Revision 5 4 D10 Revision 5 8 K45 Revision 5 12 NOTE Revision 5 15 NOTE Revision 6 1 NOTE Revision 6 3 6 2 1 Revision 9 2 9 2 Revision 9 5 to 9 6 9 3 Revision 9 7 to 9 8 9 4 1 Revision and add an option specification 9 9 9 4 2 Revision 9 16 Revision 9 6 to 9 37 Revision and add E1 drawings 10 11 10 5 Revision 13th Dec 2011 5 12 Manual Change No 10 005 1E 5 15 10 1 10 2 10 3 1 10 3 2 vi Add note 6 4 1 Revision and delete Table 4 1 5 13 Revision E30 7 4 Revision Table 7 4 7 6 Revision 7 6 title 9 2 Revision Specification changes 9 5 Revision Specification changes add MS Code 9 6 Re
180. dition Set the absolute pressure at normal condition C36 DEVIATION Deviation factor Set deviation factor C37 STD NOR UNIT Volumetric unit at normal conditions Select volumetric unit at normal condition from Nm 0 k Nm 1 M Nm 2 NI 3 Sm 4 k Sm 5 M Sm 6 SI 7 scf 8 k scf 9 M scf 10 N Normal S Standard IM 01F06A00 01EN C40 TIME UNIT TIME UNIT Select time unit from s 0 m 1 h 2 d 3 C45 FLOW SPAN Flowrate span Set the required span with a numerical value C50 DAMPING Damping time constant Set damping time constant values from 0 to 99s 4 Item D AUX SETUP These items are for Auxiliary setup A value in y is the data corresponding to indicator D10 LOW CUT Low cut flowrate A NOTE For D10 setting be sure to set NOMINAL SIZE in E10 firstly Set to noise elimination or zero flow in the low flowrate or low frequency range The settable range for low cut flowrate is more than half minimum flowrate N NOTE In case that Reynolds adjustment H25 Gas expansion correction H30 or select a break point correction H40 is necessary to set D10 LOW CUT must be set after the items for compensations H25 H30 H40 are set to ACTIVE D20 TEMP UNIT Fluid temperature unit at operating conditions Select temperature unit at operating condition from deg C 0 deg F 1 D21 TEMP f Fluid temperature at operating conditions Set f
181. drain wires C until C Black zs T Yellow Red B White Slide heat shrinkable tubing over the cable end so that the tubing covers the braided shield and overlaps both the polyethylene jacket and loose wires A B C and T C Black Heat Shrinkable Tubing NS Yellow A Red B White Slide a short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over each of wires A B C and T Install a crimp on terminal lug at the tip of each wire Crimp and solder each lug d Crimp and Solder Here Lug tip Heat Shrinkable Tubing Ys Z Slide each short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over the crimp sleeve Heat all pieces of heat shrinkable tubing with a heat blower or dryer Heat Shrinkable Tubing Attach an identification label to the end of the cable A NOTE Check that the insulation resistance between each wire including the inner shield is 10M or greater at 500V DC Ensure that both ends of the wires are disconnected open circuited during the check Erum 36 FLOWMETER 9 1 Only for MV O1 Figure 4 7 F0407 ai 80 3 15 Black C 20 0 79 White B Unit mm approx inches In case that the cable end finish S FLOWMETER Red A Yellow T 50 1 97 60 2 36 70 2 76 FO408 ai A NOTE parts assembly is necessary after delivery contact your nearest Y
182. e 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Humidity 0 to10096 RH No condensation Coating of Enclosure Epoxy resin coating or Polyurethane resin coating Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female FM Intrinsically safe Approval Note 2 Applicable Standard FM3600 FM3610 FM3611 FM3810 NEMA 250 ANSI ISA 60079 0 ANSI ISA 60079 11 Type of Protection Intrinsically safe Class Division 1 Groups A B C and D T4 Class II Division 1 Groups E F and G T4 Class III Division 1 T4 Class I Zone 0 AEx ia IIC T4 Nonincendive Class Division 2 Groups A B C and D T4 FS Class II Division 2 Groups F and G T4 Class III Division 1 T4 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 29 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Humidity O to 10096 RH No condensation Indoors and Outdoors Type 4X Electrical Parameter Vmax 30Vdc Imax 165mAdc Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ATEX ATEX Flameproof Approval Note 3 Applicable Standard EN 60079 0 EN 60079 1 Type of Protection ID G Ex d IIC T6 1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 12 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Groups Il Category 2 G Temperature Class T6 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmete
183. e there are not setting keys on the display board In case of FF1 or CF1 CF11 KF2 KS2 SF2 SS2 the screw length is deeper than ANSI standard for 0 5 to 2 threads Indicator is not available for remote type detector DYA OOO MV and DYOOD N MV should be combined DYC Signal Cable can be used up to 30m When you divide the cable below 30m select the Cable End code 0 Users must consider the characteristics of selected wetted parts material and the influence of process fluids The use of inappropriate materials can result in the leakage of ant facilities It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from In case of an explosion protect type it depends for an electrical connecion on the kind of an explosion protect type Refer to Section 13 6 Option Specifications For Explosion IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 6 Table 13 1 Body Shedder Bar and Gasket Material Body Material High Process Anti Corrosion Cryogenic 7 Standard Version Il HY Temperature Version LT NACE Material Note1 Note2 Version HT Note2 UNC Model Code Note3 Note2 DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 DY025 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 DY040 DYO50 R1 DYO80 R2 X Note2 X Note2 JIS SCS14A DIN1 4308 DY050 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 ASTM CF8M JIS SCS13 X A ASTM CF8M DY080 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 JIS SCS14A DY1
184. e It detects that the device variable value changed and transmits 1 Check transmitting conditions with the cycle set as Update Period and when it corresponds to conditions they transmit Moreover even if it does not correspond to conditions it transmits compulsorily with the cycle set up by Max Update Period IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 7 e Burst Mode When the Burst mode is set to Wired HART Enabled the device starts to send the data Procedure to call up the display Root Menu Detailed setup Configure outputs HART output Burst condition Burst Message 2 or 3 Burst mode Wired HART Enabled 9 10 3 Event Notification When a setting change and a change of the Self diagnostics occur device detect it as an event and can transmit an alarm signal continuously Alarm contained in the following item can be set to Event and can be detected Device Status Status group 1 to 3 Extdev status Device diagnostic status 0 Up to four events that occurred can be stored When using this function set to Burst mode as Wired HART Enabled 1 Set Event Notification Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 DTM HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup Configure outputs HART output gt Event Notification b Event Notification Retry Time Max Update Time Event Debounce Interval Set to Event Notification Re
185. e can be used F0904 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 3 9 6 Parameter Setting The parameter structure of the HART configuration tool is hierarchical Refer to Section 9 11 Menu Tree HART 7 for the corresponding parameters The menu tree shows a cross reference of the parameters for HART configuration Tool and BRAIN Terminal Refer to Section 6 4 Parameters Description for the functions of parameters Note that some display parameters of digitalYEWFLO are different from those of HART Configuration Tools 9 7 Data Renewing and Upload Download function 1 Data renewing Following data are renewed in 0 5 to 2 seconds cycle PV PV rnge Loop Current Total Temp TV rnge only for MV 2 Upload download function Upload download parameters from digitalYEWFLO to the HART Configuration Tool Refer to Section 9 11 Menu Tree HART 7 for the applicable parameters 9 8 Self Diagnostic The self diagnostic function of the digitalYEWFLO is explained in Section 6 5 Self Diagnostic Error Code List The followings are additional items of the self diagnostic function Burst configuration error Burst mode setting error Device variable simulation Executing Device variable simulation function The HART configuration tool is able to execute METHOD of Self test Status Confirm th
186. e device and turn it on AA IMPORTANT New protocol revision is applied only after having performed restart of the device N NOTE Anew HART revision number is displayed on the indicator after restart the device 5 Confirmation of the protocol revision number Confirming the new protocol revision a Restart the HART configuration tool N NOTE When execute the other parameter configuration or setting change execute after restart the configuration tool b Confirm the new HART protocol revision number Callup the Universal rev parameter and confirm that the new HART revision number is displayed Procedure to call up the Universal rev parameter Root Menu Review gt Review1 gt Universal rev 5 HART protocol revision 5 7 HART protocol revision 7 8 10 4 Other Operations for the HART Configuration Tool Regarding other operations for the HART Configuration Tool refer to the HART Configuration Tool operations manual IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 8 11 Menu Tree HART 5 Menu tree is different from DD and DTM Refer to menu tree for configuration tool to be used DD HART 5 Menu Tree Root Menu DD Device Setup e Process variables gt A Flow rate Diag Service B AOI Basic setup gt c Flow span Det
187. e error Procedure to call up the Self test Status Root Menu Diag Service Self test Status Method is a program to faciliate the parameter settings 9 9 Software Write Protect digitalY EWFLO configured data is saved by using a write protect function The write protect status is set to Yes when 8 alphanumeric characters are entered in the New password field and transferred to the device When write protect is set to Yes the device does not accept parameter changes When the same eight alphanumeric string entered in the New password field is also entered in the Enable wrt 10min field and transferred to the digitalY EWFLO it will be possible to change device parameters during a 10 minute period To change the digitalYEWFLO from the write protect Yes status back to Write protect No status use Enable wrt 10min to first release the write protect function and then enter eight spaces in the New password field 9 10 Specific Functions of HART Configuration Tool 9 10 1 Process Variable Setup Dynamic Variables The device deals with four data flow rate temperature density and total flow rate In case of MV these four data are allocated to PV Primary Variable SV Secondary Variable TV Tertiary Variable and QV Quaternary Variable The variable of PV is 4 to 20mA current output Therefore the total flow rate do not allocate to PV Except MV each dynamic variables are fixed at factory setting
188. eeeeeeeneeeeennnennnnnnnnnnt nnns 6 1 6 2 Multi Variable Type MV Parameters eren 6 1 6 3 Parameters et C 6 1 6 4 Parameters Description eeoeece ettet nnne tune thu nexa inna d aan cR aH 6 11 6 5 Self Diagnostic Error Code List esee 6 20 OPERATION FOR THE BRAIN TERMINAL BT200 7 1 7 1 Connection Method for the BT200 eene 7 1 7 2 BT200 Screen and Displaying Flow Rate eene 7 2 7 3 Setting Parameters using BT200 eese 7 3 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 8 1 8 1 HART Protocol Revision eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeenennen nennen nnn nnn nennen 8 1 8 2 HART Configuration Tool and Matching of Device Revision 8 1 8 3 Setting Parameters using DTM eene 8 2 8 4 Interconnection between digitalYEWFLO and HART Configuration Tool erret nh n exar aneE 8 2 8 5 Basic Setup coercere cx t ECT E c UND re FEE 8 2 8 6 Parameter Setting eene nannten nana nti nta nta nta asia ntas 8 3 8 7 Data Renewing and Upload Download function 8 3 8 8 LE RE Le e 8 3 8 9 Software Write Protetti eege tette tete duce neta ete aeg ura ee 8 3 8 10 Specific Functions of
189. egral Type Vortex Flowmeter 29 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Indoors and Outdoors Type 4X Electrical Parameters Vmax 30Vdc Imax 165mAdc Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Electrical connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female 2 Wiring Explosion proof A WARNING All wiring shall comply with National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 and Local Electrical Code SEALALL CONDUITS 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED e Intrinsically Safe N NOTE The FM Approved Hand Held Communicator may be connected at any point in the loop between the digitalYEWFLO and the Control Equipment IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 6 3 Operation Explosion proof WARNING Note a warning label worded as follows Warning OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOVING COVER INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL IM IF6A1 01E Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 4 Maintenance and Repair A WARNING The instrument modification or part replacements by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the approval of FM Approvals IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 7 5 Control Drawing Model DY Series Date April 16 2001
190. em Description OFF 0 SCALED PULSE 1 Scaled pulse output Refer to B21 UNSCALED PULSE 2 Unscaled pulse output Refer to B21 FREQUENCY 3 Frequency output Refer to B22 ALARM 4 Alarm output The status goes from close to open OFF during alarming Refer to Section 6 5 Self Diagnostic Error Code List FLOW SW LOW ON 5 Status output Refer to B23 FLOW SW LOW OFF 6 Status output Refer to B23 B21 PULSE RATE Pulse output rate Set output rate in a selection of SCALED PULSE or UNSCALED PULSE SCALED PULSE OUTPUT When SCALED PULSE is selected in B20 set flowrate per one pulse output Rate unit is linking to the flow unit UNSCALED PULSE OUTPUT When UNSCALED PULSE is selected in B20 it outputs the pulse calculated by following formula The formula for output pulse number is as follows Output pulse number per one second vortex number per one second PULSE RATE set number Refer to Subsection 10 1 5 Setting of Pulse Output Scaling IM 01F06A00 01EN B22 FREQ AT 100 Pulse numbers of 100 at one second Set pulse number at 10096 for one second when FREQUENCY in B20 is selected Pulse numbers PPS E M S JUUU UU T 1s lt gt F0601 ai B23 SET LEVEL Level of flow switch Set level of flow switch when FLOW SW in B20 is selected The contact output is sent out when the flowrate is less than the set comparison l
191. em for setting of adjustment N NOTE In case that Reynolds adjustment H25 Gas expansion correction H30 or select a break point correction H40 is necessary to set D10 LOW CUT must be set after the items for compensations H25 H30 H40 are set to ACTIVE H10 H11 TRIM 4mA TRIM 20mA Triming of 4mA and 20mA Fine tuning adjustment of 4mA and 20mA output Fine tuning range is form 1 00 to 1 00 H20 USER ADJUST Conversion factor for user setting Set conversion factor by user This conversion factor is converted into measurement flowrate H25 REYNOLDS ADJ Reynolds adjustment Select the Reynolds adjustment This adjustment should be done in case of their error compensation because error of vortex flowmeter should be increased when it come to low reynolds numbers NOT ACTIVE 0 Not correction calculation ACTIVE 1 Correction calculation The following item should be set in case of which H25 is ACTIVE H26 DENSITY f Density at operating condition Set the density at operating condition H27 VISCOSITY Viscosity at standard condition Set the value of viscosity at standard conditions The values should be used for Reynolds adjustment Reynolds number Re is calculated as shown in the formula below BEER Dxu Q Volumetric flow m h D Internal diameter mm p Density at operating condition p Viscosity m Pa s cp 6 PARAMETERS 6 17 Flowrate error o
192. eone authorized by Yokogawa Problems or damage resulting from inappropriate reinstallation after delivery Problems or damage resulting from disasters such as fires earthquakes storms floods or lightning strikes and external causes m Trademarks digitalYEWFLO DY DYA DYC and BRAIN TERMINAL are registered trademarks of Yokogawa Electric Corporation Company names and product names used in this material are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective owners In this manual trademarks or registered trademarks are not marked with or IM 01F06A00 01EN 1 INTRODUCTION 1 4 1 3 ATEX Documentation This is only applicable to the countries in European Union 0 0000000 amp 6Q All instruction manuals for ATEX Ex related products are available in English German and French Should you require Ex related instructions in your local language you are to contact your nearest Yokogawa office or representative Alle brugervejledninger for produkter relateret til ATEX Ex er tilg ngelige pa engelsk tysk og fransk Skulle De gnske yderligere oplysninger om h ndtering af Ex produkter pa eget sprog kan De rette henvendelse herom til den neermeste Yokogawa afdeling eller forhandler Tutti i manuali operativi di prodotti ATEX contrassegnati con Ex sono disponibili in inglese tedesco e francese Se si desidera ricevere i manuali operativi di prodotti Ex in lingua locale mettersi in conta
193. er IM 01F06A00 01EN Definition of error varies with the type of flowmeter Be careful of the difference in signs in the error and corrected value K factor holds and the error is included in the K factor Therefore for the region where the K factor shift on the positive side the corrected value is negative The corrected value when the calibration fluid of the flowmeter and the fluid to be measured are different must be set as a corrected value obtained by making both abscissas agree with respect to the Reynolds number 8 Item J TEST These items are for test of output A value in is the data corresponding to indicator The test output by setting in J10 J20 or J30 is automatically released when shifts from these parameter items or as following time goes without access to these parameter items K50 SOFTWARE REV 6 20 or less 10 minutes K50 SOFTWARE REV 7 00 or greater a value set in J40 RELEASE TIME J10 OUT ANALOG 4 to 20mA Current output It tests 4 to 20mA Current output Electric current of the set value 96 which designates 4 to 20mA as 0 to 10096 When this test is executed transistor contact output Pulse Alarm Status is fixed at ON or OFF not determined J20 OUT PULSE Pulse output It tests Pulse output The number of pulses which is set unit PPS is output Exiting this parameter item or stopping access after ten minutes which is set in J40 this fun
194. er setting is released Press INC key any time F0509 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS 6 1 digitalYEWFLO Parameters The parameters are set before factory shipment Set the required parameter of changing fluid contact out and indication of display 6 2 Multi Variable Type MV Parameters Parameter item F is indicated when MV is selected The parameters are set before factory shipment but it is necessary to set the analog output of temperature span of temperature output A IMPORTANT For the remote type be sure to set the cable length F52 for remote type converter DYA because of effect of the cable length 6 PARAMETERS 6 1 6 3 Parameters List This section describes the parameter of digitalYEWFLO Contents of parameters list Item Description Item Parameter item number Name Parameter name R W Indicates parameter attributes Read R Display only writing is not permitted and Write W Writing is permitted Data Range Shows data setting ranges for numerical value entry Shows data to be selected for data selection in parentheses data code is shown for the display Unit Engineering unit Remark Remarks such as a description of the contents are given Initial value Indicates the initial set values Disp D Display can set parameter U D L Parameter can be set by UP LOAD and DOWN LOAD Check all parameters after
195. erred to the installation site and stored without being installed its performance may be impaired due to the infiltration of rainwater and so forth Be sure to install and wire the digitalY EWFLO vortex flowmeter as soon as possible after transferring it to the installation location 4 The vortex flowmeter is a heavy instrument Be careful that no damage is caused to personnel through accidentally dropping it or by exerting excessive force on the vortex flowmeter When moving the vortex flowmeter always use a trolley and have at least two people carry it IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 INSTALLATION WARNING This instrument must be installed by expert engineer or skilled personnel The procedures described in this chapter are not permitted for operators 3 1 Installation Precautions 1 Ambient Temperature Avoid an area which has wide temperature variations When the installation area is subjected to heat radiation from process plant ensure adequate heat prevention or ventilation 2 Atmospheric Conditions Avoid installing the vortex flowmeter in a corrosive atmosphere When the vortex flowmeter must be installed in a corrosive atmosphere adequate ventilation must be provided 3 Mechanical Shock or Vibration The vortex flowmeter is of sturdy construction but select an area subject to minimize mechanical vibration or impact shock If the flowmeter is subject to vibrations it is recommended that pipeline supports to
196. ersion that can be checked in K50 Initial Value is 260 IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS 3 Item C BASIC SETUP These items are for the basic parameters with setting before shipment The parameters C20 to C50 are not indicated when option code MV is selected and parameter item is selected in F10 except Monitor only or Not use A value in _ is the data corresponding to the indicator Item Name R W Data Range Unit Heimat Remark Trad Disp U D Point Value C00 BASIC SETUP C10 TAG NO W 16 characters Tag Number e C20 FLUID W LIQUID Volume 0 Selection of FLUID type 0 2 D L GAS STEAM Volume 1 LIQUID Mass 2 GAS STEAM Mass 3 GAS STD Normal 4 Indicate and Set only for C20 LIQUID Volume GAS STEAM Volume C22 VOLUMEUNIT W m 0 Selection of Flow Units for 0 D L k m 1 Flow Rate 2 cf 3 mcf 4 k cf 5 USgal 6 k USgal 7 UKgal 8 k UKgal 9 bbl 10 m bbl 11 k bbl 12 Indicate and Set only for C20 LIQUID Mass GAS STEAM Mass C25 DENSITY UNIT W kg m 0 Selection of Density Unit 0 D L Ib cf 1 Ib USgal 2 Ib UKgal 3 C26 DENSITY f W 0 00001 to 32000 C25 0to5 Operating Density 1024 D L Manual Setting Value C27 MASS UNIT W kg 0 Selection of Mass Flow Unit 0 D L t 1 Ib 2 k Ib 3 Indicate and Set only for C20 GAS STD Normal C30 TEMP UNIT
197. erwise contact the respective vendors of the Configuration Tool for its upgrade information 1 Confirmation of the device revision for digitalYEWFLO Procedure to call up the field device revision Root Menu Review Review1 Fld dev rev in the Review1 shows the revision number of correspondent field device 2 Confirmation of the device revision for the HART Configuration Tool 1 Confirm the installed DD revision in accordance with the procedure of the Configuration Tool Refer to its manual how to confirm it in detail The first 2 digits of the DD file are expressed the device revision and its last 2 digits are expressed the DD revision 01 01 XXX DD revision Device revision F0802 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 8 2 8 3 Setting Parameters using DTM When configure the parameters using FieldMate use the DTM Device Type Manager refering to the following table Device DTM Name Device Type Revision DYF V3 1 0x37 3 DYF VA 1 0x37 4 8 4 Interconnection between digitalYEWFLO and HART Configuration Tool The HART Configuration Tool can interface with the digitalYEWFLO from the control room the digitalYEWFLO site or any other wiring termination point in the loop provided there is a minimum load resistance of 250 O between the connection and the receiving instrument To communicate it must be connected in parallel with the digitalYEWFLO
198. ess pipeline inner diameter should be slightly larger than the vortex flowmeter inner diameter schedule 40 or lower pipe should be used for 1 2 to 2 inch flowmeters and schedule 80 or lower pipes for 3 to 16 inch flowmeters No Good Good m L P D1 lt D2 D1 2 D2 F0306 ai 5 Waterproof Construction The vortex flowmeter is of IP67 Type 4X JIS C 0920 watertight protection However it cannot be used under water 3 3 Maintenance of Piping 1 Pipe cleaning Flushing of pipe line Cleaning Flush and clean scale incrustation and sludge on the inside of pipe wall for newly installed pipe line and repaired pipe line before the operation Fluid Carrying Solids Do not measure fluids that carry solids e g sand and pebbles Make sure users periodically remove solids adhering to the vortex shedder Obstruction of flow fluids may cause to make a chemical reaction and the fluid will be crystallized and hardened and be deposited on the pipe wall and shedder bar In those cases clean shedder bar 2 Bypass piping Bypass piping is convenient for the maintenance of digitalYEWFLO vortex shedder cleaning etc Downstream shut off valve F0307 ai Upstream shut off valve IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 4 Cryogenic and High Process Temperature Version Insulation When you are using Cryogenic and High Process Temperature version of digitalYEWFLO Vortex Flowmeter Option code HT LT refer to fo
199. eter Use the following adjacent pipe Model Code Adjacent Pipe Sch40 or larger inner diameter than Sch40 Sch80 or larger inner diameter than Sch80 DY015 up to DY050 DY025 R1 up to DY080 R1 DY040 R2 up to DY 100 R2 DY080 up to DY400 DY100 R1 up to DY200 R1 DY150 R2 up to DY200 R2 IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 INSTALLATION 3 2 Table 3 1 a Straight pipe length and recommendations 1 D Nominal diameter mm Description Reducer pipe Ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more and the downstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more for per reducer pipe Figure digitalYEWFLO R ducar 5D or more 5D or more Expander pipe Ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 10D or more and the downstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more for per expander pipe digitalYEWFLO Flow Expander SA 10D or more 3 Double bent pipe non coplanar 5D or more Bent pipe and straight pipe length 1 digitalYEWFLO 1 Single bent pipe 10D or more 5D or more digitalYEWFLO 2 Double bent pipe coplanar 2 10D or more 5D or more digitalYEWFLO 3 refer to description as above Keep 5D or more for downstream straight pipe length E n case the valve has to be installed on the upstream of the flowmeter ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 20D or more and the downstream straight pipe length be 5D or more 20D o
200. etting of Multidrop Mode 1 Polling address Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup DTM HART 7 Configure outputs HART output Poll addr Enter the number from 1 to 63 a Get Event Number Confirm the latest event number Execute Acknowledge Event Notification method 1 Set O to enter Event Number 2 OK 3 Set Trans 0 Read Event Notification to Select Transaction 4 OK 5 Confirm Event Number b Confirmation record of Event Notification Confirm four events checked in a 1 Set the event number which is confirmed in a 5 to enter Event Number 2 OK 3 Set Trans 0 Read Event Notification to Select Transaction 4 OK 5 Knowledge menu displays events record Ex When the confirmed event number is 123 2 Enabling the Multidrop Mode About the procedure to call up the Polling display refer to the User s Manual of each configuration tool Usually set Disable to Loop current mode and fix an analog output signal to 4mADC It becomes impossible in this case to also use a burnout output However in the case of the application which receives and operates an analog output signal an analog output signal can be used for one loop to variable one set setting it up In this case set Enable to Loop current mode Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt DTM HART 7 Config
201. ev rev Total start stop Viscosity Software rev Fluid Gas expansion fact Hardware rev Process density Flow adjust Poll addr Process temp TLA Burst mode Base temp Signal level Burst option Process pressure Noise balance mode Num req preams Base pressure Noise ratio Deviation High vib Low cut Span velocity Out limit H Span frequency Burn out Only for MV F0811 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 8 12 DTM HART 5 Menu Tree Root Menu DTM e Process variables A Device status B Diag and Service C Easy setup D Configuration gt E Calibration F Write Protect G R Read only CR Continuous read RW Read and Write E Configuration F0812 ai Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal M Method of HCF CL Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type Upload Download x Device revision 4 0 or later A Process Variables PV A20 R PV mg A10 R AOT R Flow span B10 R PV damp B15 R Total A30 R MV Temp A41 R MV TV rnge A40 R MV AO
202. evel Output 76 Setting Value 1096 Hysteresis Contact Output ON FLOW SW LOW ON Contact Output OFF FLOW SW LOW OFF F0602 ai B30 UPPER DISP Upper indicator display Select upper display Flow rate 96 0 Flowrate 1 TEMP 96 2 TEMP 96 can be selected when Option Code MV B31 LOWER DISP Lower indicator display Select lower indicator display BLANK 0 TOTAL 1 TEMP 2 When BLANK in B31 is selected indicator is blank TEMP can be selected when Option Code MV B40 TOTAL START Select the START STOP of totalizer from STOP 0 START 1 B45 TOTAL RATE Total rate of the totalizer Set the total rate of the totalizer 6 PARAMETERS 6 12 B47 TOTAL RESET Reset the totalizer When totalizer reset function is executed the total display and communication parameter are reset The following items should be done in case of which Option code MV is selected B50 A OUT SELECT Analog Output select Select the analog output select from flow rate or temperature When changing the analog output UPPER DISPLAY can be changed shown as below automatically B50 A JOUT SELECT UPPER DISPLAY TEMP TO FLOW FLOW FLOW TO TEMP TEMP B30 UPPER DISPLAY is FLOW RATE it can not be changed The following item should be done in case of which B50 is TEMP B51 TEMP 0 Tempe
203. f WARNING All wiring shall comply with Canadian Electrical Code Part and Local Electrical Codes n Hazardous locations wiring shall be in conduit as shown in the figure ASEAL SHALLBE INSTALLED WITHIN 50cm OF THE ENCLOSURE When the equipment is installed in Division 2 FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRED 3 Operation Explosion proof A WARNING Note a warning label worded as follows Warning OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOVING COVER Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 4 Maintenance and Repair A WARNING The instrument modification or part replacements by other than authorized representatives of Yokogawa Electric Corporation are prohibited and will void CSA Certification 14 13 5 Installation Diagram Intrinsically Safe and Note Intrinsically safe Hazardous Location lt i gt Non Hazardous Location Group IIC Zone 0 I i Class Il Ill Division 1 Groups A B C D E F and G I i I I I Integral type DY flowmeter o oF Sta R 01 H E SUPPLY L4 39 9 79 04 i S pm diee PULSE ee 0 i i O ES 0 Q4 EE EEN D EE if Remote type i I I DY N flowmeter DYA converter o i 57 77 Fo Ao Moa supply o 3 9 Bo OB oW i z po
204. f vortex flowmeter increases as Reynolds number decrease less than 20000 By setting H25 H26 H27 it corrects the error H30 EXPANSION FA Gas expansion correction When measuring a compressibility gas by mass flow Steam M Gas M and standard condition Gas Qn this expansion factor is useful to correct the deviation from the ideal gas law H40 FLOW ADJUST Select a break point correction Select a break point correction for the instrumental error from NOT ACTIVE 0 or ACTIVE 1 H41 to H50 Instrumental Error Correction E Correct the instrumental error in flowmeter characteristics using 1 line segment approximation with five correction factors 1 Flow frequency input at line segments needs to be fisfzsfssfasfs When four correction factors are available line segments need to be fa fs and d4 ds When three correction factors are available line segments need to be f3 fa fs and ds da ds 2 When a flow input of f1 or less is present correct the instrumental error as the corrected value d 3 When a flow input of fs or more is present correct the instrumental error as the corrected value ds Abscissa f to fs Set the break point frequencies as parameters Ordinate d to ds Set the corrected value 96 at each break point as parameters 4 KA 5 Set value 2 x 100 Where Q Correct flowrate determined by a reference apparatus Indication of vortex flowmet
205. for Multi Variable Type D1 Signal processing Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal Upload Downloa d yx Device revision 4 0 or later Noise balance mode PV Damp B15 RW Low cut D10 RW Temp setup Temp unit D20 RW Process temp D21 RW Density setup Density unit D25 RW Process density D26 RW Maintenance TLA K10 RW Signal level K20 RW Auto RW Method Manual Set noise ratio Tuning at zero flow End Noise ratio K26 CR Maintenance data Velocity K30 CR Span velocity K32 CR Vortex frequency K34 CR Span frequency K36 CR MV Density K38 CR Error record K40 Err record reset M High vibration MV K45 Er record status 1 Er record status 2 Er record status 3 RW Amplifier check Set vortex frequency K28 End Menu type number Menu type Adjust To be continued to next page D2 Er record status 1 enum Flow over output Span set error Pulse out over Pulse set error Sensor fault Pre amp fault EEPROM fault User adjust H20 Reynolds adjust RW R RW CR Er record status 1 enum CR Status group 2 enum CR Status group 3 enum Method Method Process density
206. g Explosion proof type loosen the locking screw on the converter case or terminal box Explosion proof type TIIS Flame proof ATEX Explosion proof IECEx Flame proof Remove the Leadwire by loosening a screw on the terminal strip Loosen the bracket mounting bolts and remove the converter case or terminal box together with the bracket Be careful not to damage the leadwires of the vortex shedder assembly Loosen the vortex shedder assembly mounting bolts 2 to 10 pcs and remove the vortex shedder assembly When reassembling the vortex shedder assembly reverse above procedure Confirm the following a Replace to a new gasket b The guide pin on the vortex shedder mounting block meets the guide pin hole Refer to Figure 11 3 Nominal size 150 to 400mm 6 to 16 inch has no guide pin 11 MAINTENANCE 11 4 c The vortex shedder assembly is installed as illustrated in Figure 11 3 d Tighten the sensor mounting bolts uniformly and diagonally in three or four times Refer to Table 11 1 and Figure 11 4 Table 11 1 Torque Value Torque Value UNIT N m Model Code Standard IHT INC ILT A B DY025 DY040 DY015 IR1 IR2 16 DY040 DY050 DY025 IR1 IR2 12 18 12 DY050 DY080 DY040 IR1 IR2 12 18 12 DY080 DY100 DY050 IR1 IR2 18 27 18 DY100 DY150 DY080 IR1 IR2 32 48 32 DY150 DY200 DY100 IR1 IR2 49 74 49 DY200 DY150 IR1 69 98 69 DY200 69 98 69 DY
207. g Instantaneous flow rate Display Unit in an engineering unit is O x displayed Totalized Totalized flow displayed Display without indicating the decimal x O point Display Instantaneous temperature Temperature is displayed 1 In this case t is displayed O x simultaneously Refer to Figure 5 2 Temperature Temperature value is x O display 1 displayed Blank uu 1 Only for MV O Displayed X Not displayed er Figure 5 2 F0503 ai Display Temperature Display mode can be changed using the BT200 or the indicator setting section 1 For operation using BT200 perform changes using the parameter item B30 UPPER DISP and B31 LOWER DISP 2 For operation using indicator change B30 and B31 parameter item number to display an appropriate display AA IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released 5 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 5 4 5 3 1 Changes to Engineering Display Unit from Display The display mode can be changed referring to Section 6 3 Parameters List Indicate 01 of engineering unit Indication of 96 display Press SET key Enter the setting mode li n in w Ensure the setting A EN
208. g Mode Totalized value can be reset using the indicator or BT200 1 Reset operation using BT200 Enter to B42 TOTAL RESET and move the video bar to EXECUTE Push ENTER key at 2 times 2 Reset operation using indicator Enter to Setting mode move to B42 of parameter number and enter to 01 of data Number Refer to Section 5 4 Setting Mode 10 1 5 Setting of Pulse Output Scaling Pulse output are constructed by two units that are Scaled pulse and Unscaled Pulse 1 Scaled Pulse When SCALED PULSE is selected in B20 set flowrate per one pulse output Rate unit is linking to the flow unit 2 Unscaled Pulse When UNSCALED PULSE is selected in B20 it outputs the pulse calculated by following formula The formula for output pulse number is as follows Output pulse number per one second vortex number per one second PULSE RATE set number Refer to Section 11 6 Flow Calculation S e Pulse Rate setting Pulse rate setting is settable by B21 PULSE RATE lt 10 OPERATION gt 10 2 10 1 6 Setting of Burnout Switch digitalYEWFLO is equipped with a CPU error burnout function used to set the output direction upon CPU error and a sensor burnout function that sets the direction of the output in the event of burnout of the temperature sensor When factory shipment under normal conditions the output of both CPU error burnout and sensor burnout are set to HIGH but if option code C1 is spec
209. hat produce vortex flowmeter for High Process Temperature applications When you are replacing a shedder bar or a gasket specify High Process Temperature Version 3 5 Mounting Procedures A WARNING The Vortex Flowmeter is a heavy instrument Please be careful to prevent persons from injuring whin it is handled Before installing the instrument verify the following The direction of flow should match to the arrow mark on the instrument body When changing the orientation of the terminal box refer to Chapter 11 MAINTENANCE 1 Installation of Vortex flowmeter of the wafer and flange type is shown in Table 3 3 When installing the wafer type vortex flowmeter itis important to align the instrument bore with the inner diameter of the adjacent piping To establish alignment use the four collars supplied with the instrument IM 01F06A00 01EN Four collars are supplied for 1 2 inch 15mm to 1 1 2inch 40mm 2 inch of JIS 10K or ANSI class 150 and 3 inch of ANSI class 150 Install the instrument as illustrated in Table 3 3 If the adjacent flanges have eight bolt holes insert the stud bolts in the holes on the instrument shoulder Stainless steel stud bolts and nuts are available on order When they are to be supplied by the user refer to Table 3 2 for stud bolt length Gaskets must be supplied by the user Pipeline Flange Pipeline F0311 ai 2 Avoid mounting gaskets which protrude into the pipeline
210. he conversion factor which is for both flow unit and time unit in case of Special 2 IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 Item E METER SETUP These items are for detector set up that has already been set before shipment A value in is the data corresponding to indicator E10 NOMINAL SIZE Nominal size of the detector Select the nominal size of the flowmeter from 15mm 0 25mm 1 40mm 2 50mm 3 80mm 4 100mm 5 150mm 6 200mm 7 250mm 8 300mm 9 or 400mm 10 E20 BODY TYPE Body type for the detector Select body type for detector from standard or high pressure Standard 0 Standard type High Pressure 1 High Pressure type TOKUCHU Low Flow Unit 1 2 Reduced Bore type option code R1 Low Flow Unit 2 3 Reduced Bore type option code R2 N NOTE Parameter setting for the Reduced Bore type Select Low Flow Unit 1 or 2 and set Set nominal size of the model code to E10 NOMINAL SIZE E30 SENSOR TYPE Sensor type for the detector Select sensor type for the detector from standard HT or LT Standard 0 Standard type High Temperature 1 High Process Temperature Version Low Temperature 2 Cryogenic Version E40 K FACTOR UNIT K factor unit Select this unit from p l p USgal p UKgal A IMPORTANT K FACTOR is the eigenvalue of each detector Please keep the factory preset value NEVER REWRITE IT Unless the replacement of the remote type detector
211. ified the CPU error burnout is set to LOW 2 5 below output and sensor burnout is set to LOW 2 5 below output respectively The setting of the direction of output from burnout can be changed To change the direction of output arising from burnout switch the setting pin on the CPU assembly Refer to Table 10 1 Table 10 1 Output Setting Pin for Burnout Pin CPU error CPU error sition burnout burnout Remark P direction output H HIGH 11096 or more Set to HIGH n L 21 6mA DC before shipment DI LOW 2 5 or less Set to LOW for a L 3 6mA DC option code C1 Pin position of Write Protect Switch Pin position of Burnout Switch F1002 ai Figure 10 2 Pin position of Burnout and Write Protect Switch IM 01F06A00 01EN 10 1 7 Setting of Write Protect Switch By setting the write protect function to Protect it is possible to prevent the overwriting of parameters Write protection can be carried out using either the hardware switch on the CPU board i e Switch 2 or software parameter settings If either of these items is set to Protect the overwriting of parameters will be prohibited N NOTE If the hardware switch is set to Protect it will not be possible to overwrite parameters furthermore this condition will be maintained until the switch is set to Enable For more details regarding usage of the write protect function and the soft
212. imultaneous analog pulse output mode the communicable distance of the transmission line is restricted on the wiring method Table 4 1 shows the examples of connection for this output mode Communication via the amplifier board is always possible irrespective of the wiring condition AA IMPORTANT For pulse output and the simultaneous analog pulse output use the load resistance Refer to Table 4 1 4 WIRING 4 2 4 2 Selection of Wires The following should be taken into consideration when selecting cables for use between the converter and distributor 1 Use 600V PVC insulated wire or equivalent standard wire or cable 2 Use shielded wire in areas susceptible to electrical noise both analog and pulse output versions 3 In areas with high or low ambient temperatures use wires or cables suitable for such temperatures 4 In atmospheres where oils or solvents corrosive gases or liquids may be present use suitable wires or cables 5b Use cable which withstand temperature up to 60 C and more when ambient temperature is more than 60 C 6 The outer diameter of the screw for grounding terminal and the cable terminal is 4mm 7 Recommend a crimping terminal with an insulating sleeve for 4mm screw AA IMPORTANT For the remote type use DYC signal cable to connect the converter and remote type flowmeter DY N 4 3 Connection Table 4 1 shows the connection sample of connection for power supply
213. in 60 min DD HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup DTM HART 7 Configure outputs HART output gt Burst Condition Burst Message 2 or 3 Burst Device Variables gt Burst Variable Code gt Display Item Contents Flowrate Flowrate Total Total flow Temperature Temperature Density Density Yrnge Select the output Loop current Select the output current PV Select the PV value d Burst Msg Trigger Mode Set The Burst Msg Trigger Mode from the parameters shown below When Burst Msg Trigger Mode is Window Rising or Falling set the Burst Trigger Level Procedure to call up the display DD HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup DTM HART 7 Configure outputs HART output gt Burst Condition Burst Message 2 or 3 SV Select the SV value TV Select the TV value QV Select the QV value Not use Set Burst Trigger gt Display Item Contents Continuous Burst Message is transmitted contiuously Window It detects that the absolute value of the amount of change of a device variable value became beyond the preset value of Burst Trigger Level and transmits Rising It detects that the device variable value became beyond the preset value of Burst Trigger Level and transmits Falling It detects that the device variable value turned into below the preset value of Burst Trigger Level and transmits On chang
214. in General Industry 1 Maintenance servicing with the power on Flameproof apparatus shall not be maintenance serviced with its power turned on However in cases where maintenance servicing is to be conducted with the power turned on with the equipment cover removed always use a gas detector to check that there is no explosive gas in that location If it cannot be checked whether an explosive gas is present or not maintenance servicing shall be limited to the following two items a Visual inspection Visually inspect the flameproof apparatus metal conduits and cables for damage or corrosion and other mechanical and structural defects Zero and span adjustments These adjustments should be made only to the extent that they can be conducted from the outside without opening the equipment cover In doing this great care must be taken not to cause mechanical sparks with tools 2 Repair If the flameproof apparatus requires repair turn off the power and transport it to a safety non hazardous location Observe the following points before attempting to repair the apparatus a Make only such electrical and mechanical repairs as will restore the apparatus to its original condition For the flameproof apparatus the gaps and path lengths of joints and mating surfaces and mechanical strength of enclosures are critical factors in explosion protection Exercise great care not to damage the joints or shock the enclosure
215. in accordance with National Electric Code ANSI NFPA 70 3 Dust tight conduit seal must be used when installed in class II and III environments 4 Do not alter drawing without authorization from FM Rev 1 October 19 2001 Y Yamamoto Doc No IFMO19 A12 P2 Rev 2 November 5 2001 Y Yamamoto Drawing Y Yamamoto Approved K Ichikawa Yokogawa Electric Corporation IFM019 IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 9 14 3 IECEx WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion hazard Avoid any actions that cause the generation of electrostatic charge such as rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of product ES 1 Technical Data e Flameproof Applicable Standard IEC 60079 0 2007 IEC 60079 1 2007 Certificate IECEx DEK 11 0077X Type of Protection Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Specification of Protection Process Temperature Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature T6 29 C to 80 C T5 29 C to 100 C T4 29 C to 135 C T3 29 C to 200 C T2 29 C to 300 C T1 29 C to 450 C 1 Note Use HT version above 250 C Temperature Class T6 Remote Type Vortex F
216. is J HART protocol revision of the device can be selectable from 5 or 7 The HART protocol revision is set and shipped as specified in the order To change the HART protocol revision after shipment follow the procedure shown below AA IMPORTANT When change the protocol revision confirm the items below Protocol revision supported by HART configuration tool must be the same or higher than new protocol revision of the device Refer to Section 9 1 HART Protocol Revision Confirm that the DD or DTM which is suitable to new protocol revision of the device is installed in the configuration tool Refer to Section 9 2 HART Configuration Tool and Matching of Device Revision and Section 9 3 Setting Parameters using DTM 1 Call up the parameter for protocol revision change Procedure to call up the Chng universal rev display DD HART 5 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt DTM HART 7 Device information Revision numbers Chng universal rev DTM HART 5 Root Menu Configuration HART Chng universal rev 2 Activate the Chng universal rev method 4 IMPORTANT The message is displayed to separate the device from the automatic control loop Confirm that the device is separated 3 Inputthe new revision number An input column for new protocol revision number is displayed Input the new HART protocol revision number of 5 for HART 5 or 7 for HART
217. ize A R2 Stainless Steel Tag Plate Note 1 JIS SUS304 tag plate hung on the case DY DYA SCT n JIS SUS304 bolt nut assembly Stainless Steel Bolt amp Nut Assembly Used when a wafer type is installed DY Wafer Type BL Paint Color Change Only for the covers Refer to Table 13 3 DY DYA Refer to Table 13 3 e s Test pressure value is in accordance with Table 13 4 Test time 10 minutes Available for the T01 Hydrostatic Pneumatit Test Certificate Standard type Test medium Air Nitrogen or Water DY Note 11 e Test pressure value is in accordance with Table 13 4 Test time 10 minutes Available for the T02 Hydrostatic Test Certificate Standard type Test medium Water ES Note 11 Degrease Treatment Note 2 Degrease cleansing treatment DY K1 Epoxy Coating Epoxy coating for case and cover DY DYA x1 Piling up coating of epoxy and Epoxy and Polyurethane coating for the purpose of corrosion proof improvement salt damage Beer Zum DY DYA x2 polyurethane alkali climate and acidity This specification temperature is from 29 to 450 C Refer to Table 13 1 Figure 13 4 High Process Temperature Version Refer to Table 13 5 for minimum velocity DY N HT Refer to Note 5 for the combination of High Process Temperature Version HT and Multi Variable Type MV e s This specification temperature is from 196 to 100 C Cryogenic Version Note 7 Refer to Table 13 1 Figure 13 5 R1 and R2 are not available ri diss E Stainless Steel Br
218. jdey HeH HeH HeH HeH HeH HeH HeH HeH HEH 10 960LLJ9 O 96011 J9 O aye suogeedo i S f d9 ANYA ndo Linv4 Josuas uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uone1edo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo Josuas HOSg3S Moj4 eBueyg H 44O JEWJON JEWJON JEWJON JEWJON JEWJON JEWJON JEWJON JEWJON JEWJON EUJON Hne Sj Josues MOL MOJ4 JO JOU MOTA Ot u3 Apoeuoo MOO Buiuonounj yun day jndino MO Op 96S C 10 you S yoyda eueoelded H J4O H 440 au doe 012 pexi4 HEH 26016 pext4 HEH 0 ED 9601 pexi Jo OLL Je O OLL J9 O WOHd33 WOdd 33 DCH anea anen anjen ampsadwa eunjejeduue eunjejeduia Bugjes jenueyy Bumes jenuey Dunes enuey jun div uoneuedo uogejedo jeuomgejedo uone1edo uoneJedo uone1edo je uonejedo uoneJedo je uogejedo uoneJedo payiey HOI au eoelded H JJO IEUUON JEWJON ul UEL JEWON JEWION JEWON ul ureulas JEWION ul UleuuoM JEWJON SldAV 3Hd dNWY 3 Hd DA JOSUaS uontipuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo uonpuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo ainjyesedwe Dunes Bunjes Dunes Dunes Dunes Dumes Dumas ul ping eseo enuey 1e enuen ye enuen 1e enuey 1e enuen 1e jenueyy ye jenueyy ye JoyeAuoo NYa JejioAuo2 uonejedo uonejedo 8S4 uogeJsado uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo Dag s JeyeAuoo euejeduio ANOO ueyo H 44O ululeway ul ueway uo peseg u ueway ululewaYy Uu UEL gc4uopeseg ul ueway 894 uo paseg ul ueway einjejeduie Jo 1013 dat v L US uonipuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo uonipuoo uonpuoo uonpuoo uonipuoo Dunes Bunies Bunjes Dumes Dumas Jo
219. l Supply Circuit Terminals SUPPLY and Ui 30 V li 300 mA Pi 0 9 W linear source Ci 14 nF Li 0 mH Pulse Circuit Terminals PULSE and Ui 30 V li 300 mA Pi 0 9 W linear source Ci 14 nF Li 0 mH Refer to Contact rating for the maximum current value of Pulse Circuit Note It shall be assured that the voltage difference between the output circuits of the associated apparatus safety barriers is not more than 30V Cables for the connection for Signal Supply Circuit and Pulse Circuit shall be of Type A or B in accordance with EN 60079 14 otherwise the sum of lo of the associated apparatus safety barriers shall be not more than 300 mA F1402 ai 6 Electrical Connection The type of electrical connection is stamped near the electrical connection port according to the following codes Screw size Marking ISO M20 X 1 5 female N M ANSI 1 2 14NPT female N N F1403 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 4 7 Name Plate Integral type Flameproof C 0aa44 2 2G d 8 15 T4 T9 T2 D SS TEMP 2019 80 100 198 200 900 450 NOTE e HT VERSION ABOVE 250 C AN Wann ARTER DE ENERGIZING DELAY 3 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING THE PROCESS TEMP 2200 USE THE HEAT RESISTNG YOKOGAWA Madein eme anos SEM aan secuscnsumun N200 ue Remote type detector Flameproof No DEKRA 11ATEXO
220. llowing contents W Installing Cryogenic Version For cryogenic applications use stainless steel mounting bolts and nuts to install the flowmeter These can be ordered separately from YOKOGAWA Cover the flowmeter body with heat insulating material so that the flowmeter can be maintained at ultra low temperatures B Maintenance for Cryogenic Applications DY LT uses special materials that produce vortex flowmeter for cryogenic applications When you are replacing a shedder bar specify Cryogenic Version shedder bar To avoid condensing in the terminal box ensure that the wire connecting port is well sealed Bracket Cold insulating material F0308 ai W Installing High Process Temperature Version Installation of the flowmeter is the same as the standard type Cover the flowmeter body with heat insulating material following instruction of CAUTION 3 INSTALLATION 3 6 A CAUTION Keep the upper limit of heat insulating material to prevent overheating of the terminal box Seal the Heat Insulator to avoid hot air leakage UPPERLIMITOF T Heat Insulator UPPER LIMIT OF Heat Insulator DD CH er co gt gt Nominal Size 100mm or under Lc Nominal Size 150mm or over F0309 ai Maintenance for High Process Temperature Applications DY HT uses special materials t
221. lly safe Kid 4 20mA DC PULSE MOO C o344 1 G Ex ia IC T4 Ga No DEKRA 13ATEX0192 X AG lt Ta lt 480C 30 C lt Ta lt 4B C WITH INDICATOR Uis 30V li 300mA Pi 0 9W Ci 14nF Li 0mH ATSA 10 5 30v DC POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD N200 YOKOGAWA 4 Voirie WARNING SEE USERS WANDAL zO Oj digitaivEWVFLO VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER MODEL Specified model code SUFFIX Specified suffix code STYLE Style code SUPPLY Supply voltage OUTPUT Output signal MWP Maximum working pressure K FACTOR Device specific factor RANGE Specified range NO Upper column Manufacturing serial number 1 Lower column The year of production TAG NO Specified TAG No CE CE marking 0344 The indentification number of the notified body II1G Group II Category 1 Gas atmosphere II2G Group II Category 2 Gas atmosphere II3G Group Il Category 3 Gas atmosphere 1 The first number in the second block of NO column is the last one number of the production year For example the year of production of the product engraved as follows is year 2014 NO S5K965926 435 7 TProduced in 2014 2 The product producing country IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 5 14 2 FM 1 Technical Data Explosion Proof Applicable Standard FM3600 2011 FM3611 2004 FM3615 2006 FM3810 1989 Including Supplement 1 1995 ANSI
222. locations Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion hazard Avoid any actions that cause the generation of electrostatic charge such as rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of product BEES 1 Technical Data Flameproof Applicable Standard EN 60079 0 2009 EN 60079 1 2007 Certificate DEKRA 11ATEX0212X Type of Protection Groups Category I 2 G Exd IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Specification of Protection Process Temperature Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature T6 29 C to 80 C T5 29 C to 100 C T4 29 C to 135 C T3 29 C to 200 C T2 29 C to 300 C T1 29 C to 450 C 1 Note Use HT version above 250 C Temperature Class T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Power Supply 10 5 to 42Vdc max Output Signal Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse Output On 2Vdc 200mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Special Fastener Class A2 50 or more e Intrinsically Safe Applicable Standard EN 60079 0 2009 EN 60079 0 2012 EN 60079 11 2012 EN 60079 26 2007 Certific
223. locity obtained from Table 13 5 or flow velocity at Reynolds Liquid to to to number of 5000 whichever is greater 10m s DY400 DY200 R1 Dv200 R2 For liquid Reynolds number of 5000 Refer to Section 13 5 Detailed Accuracy DY015 DYO025 R1 DY040 R2 flow velocity obtained from Table 13 5 or flow velocity at Reynolds Gas number of 5000 whichever is greater Steam b ID I5 For Gas and steam Reynolds number of 5000 eens 12400 EE Refer to Section 13 5 Detailed Accuracy When the flow velocity is lower than minimum both the analog output and the pulse output is displayed as 0 B Range of fixed accuracy flow velocity Table 13 7 Range of fixed accuracy flow velocity Maximum Fluid Model Code Minimum flow velocity flow velocity flow velocity obtained from Table 13 5 or to to to flow velocity at Reynolds number of 20000 whichever is greater For liquid Reynolds number of 20000 The value is four times Liquid ae ers DY200 R2 velocity value in Section 13 5 Detailed Accuracy ioni iqui m s 4 flow velocity obtained from Table 13 5 or flow velocity at DY015 DY025 R1 DYO40 R2 pia DY200 R1 ES Reynolds number of 40000 whichever is greater DY400 For liquid Reynolds number of 40000 The value is eight times velocity value in Section 13 5 Detailed Accuracy flow velocity obtained from Table 13 5 or flow velocity at Reynolds number of 20000 whichever is greater For gas and steam Reynolds number
224. low Converter Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Power Supply 10 5 to 42Vdc max Output Signal Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse output On 2Vdc 200mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Special Fastener Class A2 50 or more e Intrinsically Safe Applicable Standard IEC 60079 0 2011 IEC 60079 11 2011 IEC 60079 26 2006 Certificate IECEx DEK 13 0066X Type of protection Ex ia IIC T4 T1 Ga Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Ex ia IIC T6 T1 Ga Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex ia IIC T4 Ga Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 40 to 80 79 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Option LT below 29 C for Option MV at T6 40 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Temperature Class Process Temperature T4 29 C to 135 C T3 29 C to 199 C T2 29 C to 250 C T1 29 C to 250 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature T6 196 C to 84 79 C T5 196 C to 100 C T4 196 C to 135 C T3 196 C to 199 C T2 196 C to 299 289 C T1
225. lue FEP tubing over outer shield drain wire G until the tubing cannot be slid any further and then cut off the tubing leaving 5 mm 0 2 in of the drain wires exposed FEP Insulation Tubing Black FEP Insulation Tubing Blue B White 6 Slide heat shrinkable tubing over the cable end so G that the tubing covers the braided shield and i di A Red S E overlaps both the polyethylene jacket and loose White wires A B C G and T 15 0 6 AX 25 1 0 Heat Shrinkable Tubing Y Slide a short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over Lug Tips Crimp and Solder Heat shrinkable tubing each of wires A B C G and T Install a crimp on terminal lug at the tip of each wire Crimp and 1 solder each lug 0 8 Slide each short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over the crimp sleeve Heat all pieces of heat shrinkable tubing with a heat blower or dryer Heat Shrinkable Tubing 9 Attach an identification label to the end of the cable Ay NOTE Check that the insulation resistance between each wire including the inner shield is 10M or greater at 500V DC Ensure that both ends of the wires are disconnected open circuited during the check mE 36 CONVERTER 9 1 Only for MV 95 3 74 Blue G OT Black C Unit mm approx inches White B E CONVERTER
226. luid temperature at operating condition D25 DENSITY UNIT Density Unit of Flow measurement Select the unit of density from kg m 0 Ib cf 1 Ib USgal 2 Ib UKgal 3 D26 DENSITY f Density at normal operation conditions Set the density value of the fluid at operating condition for mass flow unit 6 PARAMETERS 6 14 D30 OUT LIMIT Limit value of output and indication Set limit value of output from 100 0 to 110 0 D35 BURN OUT Indication of the output direction at burn out This is indication of the output direction at burn out Refer to Subsection 10 1 6 Setting of Burnout Switch when the output direction can be changed D40 SPECIAL UNIT Change to special flowrate unit No 0 Off the function Yes 1 Convert the flow unit for USER S UNIT The factor to convert the flow unit comes from D43 The time unit comes from C40 or F35 Special 2 Convert the flow unit and time unit for the USER S UNIT The factor to convert the flow unit and time unit comes from D43 D41 BASE UNIT Indication of the base flowrate unit Indication of the basic flowrate unit when item D40 is Yes 1 or Special 2 D42 USER S UNIT Free unit for users Set in up to 8 alphanumeric characters when item D40 is Yes 1 or Special 2 The character and sign which can be set up are the same as C10 D43 CONV FACTOR Conversion factor Set the conversion factor when item D40 is Yes 1 or Special 2 Set t
227. mage resulting from any modification made to this instrument by the customer The following safety symbol marks are used in this manual and instrument A WARNING AWARNING sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in injury or death of personnel A CAUTION A CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of the product IMPORTANT An IMPORTANT sign denotes that attention is required to avoid damage to the instrument or System failure N NOTE A NOTE sign denotes information necessary for essential understanding of operation and features IM 01F06A00 01EN 1 4 Using This Instrument Safety 1 Installation A WARNING Installation of the vortex flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to installation The vortex flowmeter must be installed within the specification conditions The vortex flowmeter is a heavy instrument Be careful that no damage is caused to personnel through accidentally dropping it or by exerting excessive force on the vortex flowmeter When moving the vortex flowmeter always use a trolley and have at least two people carry it When the
228. mbient temperature 9 5 9 2 5 Correct WARNING and Installation Diagram of Non incendive 9 6 9 2 6 Change Data Plate 9 8 9 4 1 Change the process temperature and ambient temperature 9 10 9 4 5 Correctthe Installation Diagram of Non incendive 9 11 9 4 6 Change Data Plate 10 1 10 Change the technical data 4th Sep 2003 2 4 23 Add BS1 to 5 2 5 Table 2 3 2 Add BS1 to 5 2 8 2 9 2 4 Add Hydrostatic Pressure Test etc 2 11 2 5 Table 2 5 1 Change the value for size 40 mm 3 10 3 7 3 Add the description 4 1 4 2 Figure 4 2 Add the description 4 3 4 4 Figure 4 5 Add the description 5 9 5 5 Figure 5 5 Add the description 5th Apr 2004 i CONTENTS Reconfiguration iv Add symbol mark revision vi Revision 1 1 Revision 2 1 22 Revision of Specification Move to Chapter 9 3 1 10 Revision Move to Chapter 2 3 9 Revision Move to Chapter 7 3 10 Add IMPORTANT Revision Move to Chapter 7 4 1 6 Move to Chapter 3 4 4 5 Revision Move to Chapter 3 5 1 24 Revision Move to Chapter 4 6 117 Revision Move to Chapter 5 7 1 4 Change Chapter name MAINTENANCE to OPERATION 9 1 11 Revision Move to Chapter 10 10 1 Move to Chapter 11 8 5 6 8 3 moves to Chapter 7 8 7 8 8 4 moves to Chapter 7 6th Jan 2005 5 6 Correction 5 8 Added a parameter 5 16 Added a parameter explanation and corrections 9 5 Revision MS code 9 8 Revision Option Specification 9 13 Revision 9 18 25 Revision 10 7 Revision 10 8 Revision 10 9 Revision 7th Jul
229. minal size Refered to Table 6 coverd by ANNEX II of EC Directive on Pressure Equipment Directive 97 23 EC 2 Installation A WARNING Please tighten the bolts for piping joint according to the appropriate torgue values Please take measure to protect the flowmeters from forces caused by vibration through piping 3 Operation A WARNING The temperature and pressure of fluid should be applied under the normal operating condition The ambient temperature should be applied under the normal operating condition Please pay attention to prevent the excessive pressure like water hammer etc When water hammer is to be occurred please take measures to prevent the pressure from exceeding PS maximum allowable pressure by setting the safety valve etc atthe system and the like When external fire is to be occurred please take safety measures at the device or system not to influence the flowmeters Please pay attention not to abrade the metal pipe when using the fluid to abrade the metal pipe such as slurry and sand are contained per UC 1 IM 01F06A00 01EN INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT 1 INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT 1 General The following describes precautions on electrical apparatus of flameproof construction hereinafter referred to as flameproof apparatus in ex
230. mperature limit Integal Type IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 4 600 Load Resistance 2 250 E 10 5 0 0236 Communication applicable range BRAIN or HART Figure 13 2 HIGH level LOW level Figure 13 3 10 5 16 4 24 7 30 42 F1302 ai Power Supply Voltage E V Relationship Between Power Supply and Load Resistance 0to2V OV F1303 ai High and low level Pulse output IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 5 13 2 Model And Suffix Codes Model Suffix Codes Description DY Vortex Flowmeter Integral Type Remote Type Duc d EE Vortex Flowmeter Converter detector Remote Type EH 4to 20 mADC Pulse Model Suffix Codes Description BRAIN Communication DY015 Size 15 mm 1 2 inch Output REN SE S SE T DY025 Size 25 mm 1 inch Signal ET 4 to 20 mA DC Pulse DY040 Size 40 mm 1 1 2 inch Communication HART 5IHART 7 Comim nication 2 GE SC e m A E DIDI EE Digital communication DY100 Size 100 mm 4 inch FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol 3 DY150 Size 150 mm 6 inch Electrical ps JIS G 1 2 Female DY200 Size 200 mm 8 inch Connection 9 at ANSI 1 2 NPT Female 10 DY250 Size 250 mm 10 inch 4 ISO M20 x1 5 Female DY300 Size 300 mm 12 inch D With Indicator DY400 Size 400 mm 16 inch Indicator Norssi None Indicator m Aaaa EE 4 to 20 mA DC
231. n stated enclosure protection is not applicable When opening the cover wait for more than 2 minutes after turning off the power 4 Maintenance A WARNING Maintenance of the vortex flowmeter should be performed by the trained personnel having knowledge of safety standard No operator shall be permitted to perform any operations relating to maintenance Donotopen the cover in wet weather or humid environment When the cover is open stated enclosure protection is not applicable When opening the cover wait for more than 2 minutes after turning off the power Always conform to maintenance procedures outlined in this manual If necessary contact Yokogawa IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 Explosion Protected Type Instrument A WARNING The instruments are products which have been certified as explosion proof type instruments Strict limitations are applied to the structures installation locations external wiring work maintenance and repairs etc of these instruments Sufficient care must be taken as any violation of the limitations may cause dangerous situations Be sure to read Chapter 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT before handling the instruments For TIIS flameproof type instruments be sure to read INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT at the end of this manual Only trained persons use this instrument in the industrial location Take care not to genera
232. n 13 5 Detailed Accuracy MV Refer to Subsection 13 3 1 Option Multi Variable Built In Temperature Sensor Type MV Repeatability 0 2 of Reading Calibration This flowmeter is factory calibrated using a water flow Temperature and flow calibration by water flow when Multi Variable Type is selected Normal Operating Condition Process Temperature Range 29 to 250 C Standard 196 to 100 C Cryogenic Version Option 29 to 450 C High Process Temperature Version Option 29 to 400 C High Process Temperature Version Multi Variable Type Option When Multi Variable Type is selected refer to Subsection 13 3 1 Option Multi Variable Built In Temperature Sensor Type MV Refer to Figure 13 1 for integral type Process Pressure Limit 0 1MPa 1 kg cm to flange rating Ambient Temperature Range 29 to 85 C Remote Type detector 40 to 85 C Remote Type converter 29 to 85 C Integral Type refer to Figure 13 1 29 to 80 C Integral Type with Indicator refer to Figure 13 1 30 to 80 C Remote Type converter with Indicator Ambient Humidity 5 to 100 RH at 40 C No Condensation Power Supply Voltage lt gt 10 5 to 42 V DC 10 5 to 30 V DC Lightning Protector option Refer to Figure 13 2 Relationship Between Power Supply Voltage and Load Resistance Mechanical Specifications Material Standard Type Refer to Table 13 1 Wetted Parts Body St
233. n contacter votre repr sentant Yokogawa le plus proche Alle Betriebsanleitungen f r ATEX Ex bezogene Produkte stehen in den Sprachen Englisch Deutsch und Franz sisch zur Verf gung Sollten Sie die Betriebsanleitungen f r Ex Produkte in Ihrer Landessprache ben tigen setzen Sie sich bitte mit Ihrem rtlichen Yokogawa Vertreter in Verbindung Alla instruktionsb cker f r ATEX Ex explosionss kra produkter r tillg ngliga pa engelska tyska och franska Om Ni beh ver instruktioner f r dessa explosionssakra produkter pa annat sprak skall Ni kontakta n rmaste Yokogawakontor eller representant Oda ta eyxetpid a AevTovpyias rov TpoidvTwV pe ATEX Ex iari evtar ota AyyMik Teppavik kat TaMuk Ze nepintoon Tov xperaleote o nyies oXETUKE pe Ex am TOTLUKY YAWTOR TAPAKANOVLE ETLKOWOV OTE LE TO TANoLETTEPO ypageto Ts Yokogawa N AVTLTPOTWTO TNS d 9 O9 o 0 V etky n vody na obsluhu pre pr stroje s ATEX Ex s k dispoz cii v jazyku anglickom nemeckom a franc zskom V pr pade potreby n vodu pre Ex pr stroje vo Va om n rodnom jazyku skontaktujte pros m miestnu kancel riu firmy Yokogawa V echny u ivatelsk p ru ky pro v robky na n se vztahuje nev bu n schv len ATEX Ex jsou dostupn v angli tin n m in a francouz tin Po adujete li pokyny t kaj c se v robk s nev bu n m schv len m ve va em lok ln m jazyku kontaktujte pros m va i nejbli
234. n is opposite right to left when facing onto indicator in case of code CRC IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 33 B High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type HT R2 DY050 HT R2 to DY200 HT R2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EARTH TERMINAL 125 4 92 Unit mm approx inch A amp Se x i m e ei E x E 5 j H 1 H Il I x 4 T LT ea Mm x 1 jt y E amp H Y L re PE REMOTE MODELCODE DYOS50 HT R2 DYOBO HT R2 DY100 HT R2 DY150 HT R2 DY200 HT R2 PROCESS BA BA2 BA BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION Bn BJ2 BS BS2 BJ BJ2 BS BS2 BJ BJ2 BS Bs2 BJ BJ2 BS BS2 BJ BJ BS BS2 L 170 6 69 200 7 87 220 8 66 270 10 63 310 12 20 c 51 1 2 01 71 2 79 93 8 3 69 138 8 5 46 185 6 7 30 cs 25 7 1 01 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 71 2 79 93 8 3 69 155 155 1524 165 1 185 200 1905 2096 210 225 2286 254 280 305 2794 3175 330 350 3429 381 6 10 6 10 6 00 6 50 7 28 7 87 7 50 825 827 8 86 9 00 10 00 11 02
235. ne nnn 3 6 4 iii eme I 4 1 4 1 Load Resistance of Output Condition eese 4 1 4 2 Selection of Wires einer nint ete cee cate sues ete cee 4 2 4 3 enne 4 2 4 4 Connection of DYC Signal Cable eene 4 5 4 5 End Processing Method of DYC Signal Cable 4 6 4 5 1 For Vortex Flowmeter DY N eese 4 6 4 5 2 For Vortex Flow Converter D A 4 7 4 6 Wiring Procedures and Precautions eere 4 8 4 7 ici lIr o PAn e 4 9 5 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 2 e reru urere enun nnne 5 1 5 1 Display Configuration unen nnr hn rnne punte e x ceu xe ux ER XU uh XER ENEN 5 1 5 2 Display Cont nete terne OER 5 2 5 3 BIEIMUI 5 3 5 3 1 Changes to Engineering Display Unit from Display 5 4 5 3 2 Indicate the Total Rate in the Data Display Lower 5 5 5 4 Setting Modo ciencia teint ate aac a nuit ra scRiS 5 6 5 4 1 Display Configuration of Setting Mode eeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeteeeeeenes 5 6 5 4 2 Data Setting Method 5 e re P e Pa Pe Pace Ps 5 7 17th Edition Feb 2014 KP IM 01F06A00 01EN All Rights Reserved Copyright 2001 Yokogawa Electric Corporation PPA ERS gesend EEGEN 6 1 6 1 digitalYEWFLO Parameters eeeee
236. nfiguration tool 5 7 DY or DYAHART 5 Available Available DY or DYAHART 7 Not available Available The DD revisions for digitalYEWFLO and Configuration Tool s can confirm in accordance with the following steps If the correct DD is not installed in the HART Configuration Tool download them from the official HART programming sites otherwise contact the respective vendors of the Configuration Tool for its upgrade information 1 Confirmation of the device revision for digitalYEWFLO Procedure to callup the field device revision Root Menu Review Review1 Fld dev rev in the Review1 shows the revision number of correspondent field device 2 Confirmation of the device revision for the HART Configuration Tool 1 Confirm the installed DD revision in accordance with the procedure of the Configuration Tool Refer to its manual how to confirm it in detail The first 2 digits of the DD file are expressed the device revision and its last 2 digits are expressed the DD revision 01 01 XXX op revision Device revision F0902 ai 9 3 Setting Parameters using DTM When configure the parameters using FieldMate use the DTM Device Type Manager reffering to the following table DTM Name Device Type DYF HART 7 DTM 0 x 370B IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 2 9 4 Interconnection between digitalYEWFLO and HART Configuration Tool The HART Configuration T
237. nn A oe a ander a T ata ns y L be gt TYPE INTEGRAL REMOTE MODEL CODE DY040 R2 DY050 R2 DY080 R2 DY100 R2 DY150 R2 DY200 R2 PROCESS BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 BA1 BA2 CONNECTION BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 BS1 BS2 BJ1 BJ2 Bst BS2 BJ1 BJ2 Bst Bs2 L 150 5 90 170 6 69 200 7 87 220 8 66 270 10 63 310 12 20 C 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 71 279 93 8 3 69 138 8 5 46 185 6 7 30 cs 14 6 0 57 25 7 1 01 39 7 1 56 51 1 2 01 71 279 93 8 3 69 140 140 127 1554 155 155 1524 165 1 185 200 190 5 209 6 210 225 2286 254 280 305 279 4 317 5 330 350 3429 381 6 51 5 51 4 94 6 12 6 10 6 10 6 00 6 50 7 28 7 87 7 50 8 25 8 27 8 86 9 00 10 00 11 02 12 01 11 00 12 50 12 99 13 78 13 50 15 00 300 5 300 5 294 3082 310 310 308 7 3151 332 3395 3348 3443 3665 374 375 8 3885 418 5 431 4182 437 3 458 5 468 5 465 484 11 83 11 83 11 57 12 13 12 20 12 20 12 15 12 40 13 07 13 37 13 18 13 55 14 43 14 72 14 80 15 30 16 48 16 97 16 46 17 22 18 05 18 44 18 31 19 06 H1 127 4 94 129 5 07 136 5 35 158 6 22 175 6 89 190 7 48 T 16 18 175 206 16 18 1931 224 18 22 239 284 18 24
238. not used simultaneously Output Signal Dual Output Both Analog and Transistor contact output can be obtained simultaneously In this case refer to Section 3 2 Piping Precautions for power supply and pulse output wiring Analog 4 to 20 mA DC 2 wire system Transistor Contact Output Open collector 3 wire system Pulse alarm status output are selected by parameter setting Contact rating 10 5 to 30 V DC 120 mA DC Low level 0 to 2 V DC refer to Figure 13 3 1 10 5 to 30V DC 80mA DC for ATEX Intrinsically Safe Approval KS2 and IECEx Intrinsically Safe Approval SS2 Communication Requirements Communication Signal BRAIN or HART communication signal superimposed on a 4 to 20 mA DC signal Note HART is a registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation Conditions of Communication Line Load Resistance 250 to 600 Q including cable resistance Refer to Figure 13 2 Supply Voltage 16 4 to 42 V DC for digital communications BRAIN and HART protocols 16 4 to 30 V DC for intrinsically safe type Refer to Figure 13 2 BRAIN Space from other Power Line 15cm or more Parallel wiring should be avoided Communication Distance Up to 2 km when polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables CEV cables are used Communication distance varies depending on type of cable used and wiring Load Capacitance 0 22 pF or less Load Inductance 3 3 mH or less Input Impedance Communicating Device 10 k
239. o No No No No Process No No Yes No No No No temperature Process density No No No Yes No No No PV Range No No No No No Yes Yes Loop Current No No No No No No Yes Yes Simulation value or calculation result of Simulation No Actual process value or parameter setting value Case B With option code MV Case B 1 gt Function Monitor only lt Case B 2 gt Function Saturated Steam or Superheat Steam or LIQUID Mass lt Case B 3 gt Function Gas STD Normal lt Case B 4 gt Function Not use Simulation Output value Setting value Flow rate Total flowrate Process Temperature Process densit Contact output Flow rate Total flow rate No Yes No No No Case B 1 4 gt Case B 1 4 gt Yes Case B 1 2 gt Case B 1 4 gt Process NO oen NO eee Yes No temperature Case B 2 3 Case B 2 3 Case B 3 4 gt Case B 2 3 gt Yes Yes No Yes Case B 1 3 4 gt Case B 1 3 4 gt No Yes Case B 1 3 4 gt No No No Process density eu kass Case B 2 gt Case B 2 gt Case B 2 gt Yes Yes Yes PV Range No No No No No Loop Current No No No No No Simulation Setting value Output value PVz Instaneous flow rate PV Process temperature PV Range Loop Current PV Range Loop Current Yes Yes Case B 1 2 3 gt Case B 1 2 3 Flow rate p RD E o Case B 4 gt Case B 4 gt
240. o uone1edo uonejedo uoneJedo uone1edo uogeJedQ sow si Jejeuueded JOG HOMHMH3 ueyo H 440 JEWJON JEWJON euuloN EUUON EUUON IEUUON EUUON JEWJON EUUON JEWJON Bunjes ueds Bunjes uedS 13S NvdS z0 u3 indui Mol peBuei Joao jeubis INdino JO SJojeuueJed uoneuedo uone1edo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uone1edo 3960LL uonejedo 3960LL 1 941001 JO 950 LL yndjno HJAO ueyo H J4O IEUUON JEWJON JPLUION EUUON EUUON JEWJON EUUON je pexi4 ewsoy je pexi4 s jeubis 3yndjno eBue1 JeAQ MOJA L0 u3 eunje1eduio SIE eunjereduia SIE J9A0221 0 MOH qjuuelv SMEIS eJ9SiInd gjndino duet 3ndjno nding wun ndo yoajes Mou 429199 yajes MO0J1i29jes esnejuie qoid eweN 10413 abessom uoneoipu Buueeuibu3 Buizyeyo Buueeuibu3 esind onsouBeiq yndyno senge esind jnding yndyno uang IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 OPERATION FOR THE BRAIN TERMINAL BT200 gt 7 1 7 OPERATION FOR THE BRAIN TERMINAL BT200 This chapter describes the operation procedures using a BRAIN TERMINAL BT200 For details on the functions of the digitalYEWFLO refer to Chapter 6 PARAMETERS List And also refer to the Model BT200 BRAIN TERMINAL Instruction Manual IM 01C00A11 01E for more detailed Information 7 1 Connection Method for the BT200 1 Connecting the BT200 to a 4 to 20mA DC Transfer Line The communication signal of the digitalYEWFLO is superimposed onto the 4 to 20mA DC analog signal to be transferred digitalYEWFLO 4 to 20mA DC Signal
241. of 20000 DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 to to to DY100 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 Gas Refer to Section 13 5 Detailed Accuracy 80m m s Steam DY150 flow velocity obtained from Table 13 5 or flow velocity at to DY200 R4 E Reynolds number of 40000 whichever is greater For gas and steam Reynolds number of 40000 un Refer to Section 13 5 Detailed Accuracy IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 13 13 5 Detailed Accuracy Accuracy is the value in range of fixed accuracy flow velocity Refer to Table 13 7 Volumetric flow rate at operation condition Model Code Standard Type Multi Variable Type MV Reduced Bore Type R1 Reduced Bore Type R2 1 0 DY015 Ge 2000 DsRe 1 0 1 0 20000sRe lt 1500 D 20000sRe lt 1500 D pie 0 75 0 75 1500 D lt Re 1500 D lt Re DY040 1 0 1 0 1 0 Liquid DY050 20000sRe lt 1000 D 20000sRe 1000 D DY080 0 75 0 75 1000 DsRe 1000 DsRe DY100 1 0 DY150 1 0 40000sRe 1000 D 305 DY200 1 0 0 75 1 0 40000sRe 1000 D 1000 DsRe 40000sRe DY250 0 75 1000 DsRe DY300 DY400 DY015 DY025 DY040 DY050 1 0 1 0 RH Velocity 35m s or less Velocity 35m s or less D DY080 _ 31 096 Velocity d EE J lo asmis orless Gas Velocity 35m s or less 1 5 1 570 e Steam ___DY100 11 5 Velocity 35m s to 80m s Velocity 35m s to 80m s idoal a Bon EON elocity 35m
242. ogawa irod t vagy k pviseletet Bcnykn ynbTBaHna 3a NpogyKTu oT cepnata ATEX Ex ce npegnaraT Ha aHrTM CKA HEMCKN M cpencku e3uk AKO ce Hyxulaere OT yrreTBaHus 3a niponykTM or cepnaTa Ex Ha Donna BU 63V ce cBepxere c Hait 6nuakus onc nnn npencraBurencra8o Ha npma Yokogawa Toate manualele de instructiuni pentru produsele ATEX Ex sunt in limba engleza germana si franceza In cazul in care doriti instructiunile in limba locala trebuie sa contactati cel mai apropiat birou sau reprezentant Yokogawa Il manwali kollha ta l istruzzjonijiet g al prodotti marbuta ma ATEX Ex huma disponibbli bl Ingli bil ermani u bil Fran i Jekk tkun te tie struzzjonijiet marbuta ma Ex fil lingwa lokali tieg ek g andek tikkuntattja lill eqreb rappre entan jew uffi ju ta Yokogawa IM 01F06A00 01EN 2 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS gt 2 1 2 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS The Model DY Vortex Flowmeter and Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter are thoroughly tested at the factory before shipment When these instruments are delivered perform a visual check to ascertain that no damage occurred during shipment This section describes important cautions in handling these instruments Read carefully before using them If you have any problems or questions contact your nearest YOKOGAWA service center or sales representative 2 1 Checking Model and Specifications The model and important specifications are indicated on the name plate att
243. okogawa sales office or the sales representative from which you purchased the product A caution Do not touch the conductive layer black area covering the signal cables A and B to the converter case terminal and other leadwires If it is touched operation of the converter may be incorrect When the cable is terminated remove the conductive layer properly End Processing Method of DYC Signal Cable for Detector IM 01F06A00 01EN 4 WIRING 4 7 4 5 2 For Vortex Flow Converter DYA Description Figure 1 Strip off the outer polyethylene jacket outer braided Unit mm shield and inner jacket and inner braided shield as per the dimensions as shown Conductive Layer Blac 15 0 6 10 0 4 eI approx inches k T Yellow 2 Cut of the black conductive layers convering the Twist each of the conductor and drain wires so that there are no free strands two wires completely as per the dimensions below B White 3 0 1 or less 40 1 6 50 2 0 5 0 2 Conductive Layer Black 60 2 4 3 Do not short circuit the conductive layer and the terminals A B C G and 4 Strip off about 5 mm 0 2 in of insulation for each 5 0 2 of wires A B and T and twist the strands of each G wire c A Red B White 5 Slide black FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene 5 0 2 tubing over the inner shield drain wire C and b
244. ollows Amplifier may not operate normally when the procedure does not keep 1 Put two Mounting Pins CD into Mounting Holes 2 Push the head of two Mounting Screws 4 lightly 3 Push head of two IC amp and mount the Amplifier Unit 4 Tighten two Mounting Screws F1103 ai Figure 11 2 Removing and Reinstalling the Amplifier Unit IM 01F06A00 01EN 11 5 Vortex Shedder Removal A CAUTION Disassemble work should be done only for error occurrence Only expert engineer or skilled personnel are permitted to open the cover When the vortex shedder is disassembled and empty the flow tube before the gasket must be replaced with a new one Output error may cause when the shedder bar is not restored correctly For Explosion proof type move vortex flowmeter to non hazardous area firstly then do the assemble work 1 For nominal size 15 to 100mm 1 2 to 4 m DX 99 O 7 inch remove the converter cover or terminal box according to the following 2 to 5 For nominal size 150 to 400mm 6 to 16 inch this procedure is not necessary For integral type remove the converter cover For remote type remove the terminal cover For integral type loosen the hexagonal screw on the Amplifier unit then remove the amplifier unit Remove the indicator first in case the device has it For integral type remove the Shielded cover back Amplifier unit In case of followin
245. on Zone 2 An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is not likely to occur in normal operation and if it does occur it will exist for a short period only 2 Environmental Conditions The standard environmental condition for the installation of flameproof apparatus is limited to an ambient temperature range from 20 C to 40 C for products certified under Technical Criteria However some field mounted instruments may be certified at an ambient temperature up to 60 C as indicated on the instrument name plates If the flameproof apparatus are exposed to direct sunshine or radiant heat from plant facilities appropriate thermal protection measures shall be taken 5 External Wiring for Flameproof Apparatus Flameproof apparatus require cable wiring for their electrical connections For cable wiring cable glands cable entry devices for flameproof type to wiring connections shall be attached All non live metal parts such as the enclosure shall be securely grounded For details refer to the USER S GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry published in 1994 1 Cable Wiring For cable wiring cable glands cable entry devices for flameproof type specified or supplied with the apparatus shall be directly attached to the wiring connections to complete sealing of the apparatus Screws that connect cable glands to the apparatus are those for G type parallel pipe
246. on produced Check the pipeline conditions refer to Chapter 3 INSTALLATION F1203 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 TROUBLESHOOTING 12 4 12 5 Multi Variable Type MV If a built in indicator is attached check the display of the error code Connect a hand held terminal and check self diagnostic Yes Was a faulty area found with self diagnostic Y Check for recovery measures refer to Section 6 5 Self Diagnostic Error Code List Are the power polarities Check the polarities Correct H Are the load resistance and supply voltage within the tolerance limits Adjust to within the tolerance limits Are the sensor connected correctly Serres Are the parameters confiured correctly at operational conditions Configure the parameters correctly Refer to other trouble shooting F1204 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 1 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 1 Standard Specifications Communication function includes FOUNDATION fieldbus BRAIN and HART protocol Refer to GS 01F06F01 01EN for Fieldbus communication type marked with Performance Specifications Fluid to be Measured Liquid Gas Steam Avoid multiphase flow and sticky fluids Measuring Flow Rates Refer to Table 13 6 Accuracy 0 75 of Reading Liquid 1 of Reading Gas Steam Refer to Sectio
247. one1edo uonejedo uoneJedo uone1edo uoneJedo MOL euxo3Ho H 4O IEUUON IEUUON JPULION IPULlON IEUUON JPLUJON euloN JEuuoN JPLUJON JEWION BuiBBoj9 Mo Jo 10 13 Duffor MO3HO uiBBo o uonejedo uonejedo uoneiedo uoneiedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uoneiedo uoneiedo uoneiedo MOL euxoaHo H 440 JEuJON JEWJON JPLUION EUUON IEUUON EUUON EUUON IEUUON EUUON JEWJON Bunenjoni4 MO jo 1013 Buenon OH UOeIgIA uonejedo uonejedo uoneiedo cm uonejedo cm uoneiedo cm uOoneJgi uoneJgl uoneJgi euxoaHo H 440 IEUUON IEUUON EUUON E101 eui dois uo peseg 1ndino doe EUUON uo peseg PuJoN uo peseg uoneiqi ufi Jo 1033 UD MOAHO UOeIgIA uogesado uonesado uoneiedo uonejedo uoneiedo eoueqinisip uoneJgiA siou uoge au OH H 44O PICH PIOH EULUON euuoN pIOH ewJoN ewJoN PICH EUUON PICH euonisueJ Jo 1011 juersue1 p MOAHO awa owa ZHJ0 uey eou SJojeueJed uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uoneiedo uonejedo uonejedo uogejedo si Dunes Aouenbejj STI YOYNI ueyo JEWJON JPLULION EUUON JPULION JPLUJON JPLULION JEWION JPLUJON JEWJON yndjno asjnq Bumes esing 14S 4SINd 40 43 away gw y ZHJ0 ueu sJejoeureJed ZHOL uogeJedo uoneuedo uoneuedo ZHMOL uonejedo uogeuedo uoneuedo uogeJedQ eJoui si Aouanbey JoJo SOUS ueyo je pexi4 EUUON EUUON EUUON je pexi4 EUUON IEUUON EUUON JEWJON yndjno asjnd indyno esing LNO ASINd 90 43 spu ejqeydeooe AYOO SA MOY xew au BpIS no si 10E Jo sawn g uey ueds sazawesed uogesado uone1edo uoneJedo uone1edo uoneued
248. ool can interface with the digitalYEWFLO from the control room the digitalYEWFLO site or any other wiring termination point in the loop provided there is a minimum load resistance of 250 Q between the connection and the receiving instrument To communicate it must be connected in parallel with the digitalYEWFLO and the connections must be non polarized Figure 9 2 illustrates the wiring connections for a direct interface at the digitalYEWFLO site The HART Configuration Tool can be used for remote access from any terminal strip as well digitalYEWFLO Control room 4 to 20 mA DC signal line Terminal board Relaying terminals Receiving instrument load resistance 250 Q to 600 Q HAR Configuration Tool Configuration Tool Configuration Tool Figure 9 2 Connecting the HART Communicator A WARNING Be sure to set parameters as Protect on the write protect function after finish of parameter setting work Refer to Section 9 9 Software Write Protect how to use the write protect function in detail AA IMPORTANT If the power of flowmeter is turned off within 30 seconds after parameters have been set these settings will be canceled Accordingly please keep the power on for at least 30 seconds after setting parameters A NOTE Before updating any setting remember to always check the data content you want to change as described in Section 6 4 Parameters Description 9 5 Basic Set
249. otal A30 R Total start stop B40 RW Total rate B45 RW Total reset M Analog out select Flow span B10 Flow rate damping value B15 Device information Date Descriptor Massage Write protect Model Others Fluid M Method RW RW RW RW RW R R M Method F0913 ai 9 17 IM 01F06A00 01EN R Read only CR Continuous read RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type D Detailed setup 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 Characterize meter Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal Upload Download Nominal size E10 RW Body type E20 RW Sensor type E30 RW K factor setup K factor unit E40 K factor E41 Detector No E50 RW Flow rate units Fluid C20 M Method Special unit Configure outputs RW RW Method Base unit User s unit Conversion factor End Special Base unit User s unit Conversion factor End Analog outputs To be continued to next page D1 Loop current mode enum Disabled Enabled Burst device variables enum Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst variable code Burst variable code
250. pe Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process temp T6 85 C T5 100 C T4 135 C T3 200 C T2 300 C T1 450 C Enclosure Type 4X Coating of Enclosure Epoxy resin coating or Polyurethane resin coating Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female Special 13 21 Code CF1 CSA Explosion proof Approval The approval specification is the same with CF1 Process Sealing Certification Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI ISA 12 27 01 No additional sealing required CF11 CSA Intrinsically safe Approval Note 2 Applicable Standard C22 2 No 0 4 C22 2 No 157 C22 2 No 213 C22 2 No 1010 1 CAN CSA E60079 0 CAN CSA E60079 11 CAN CSA E60079 15 and ANSI ISA 12 27 01 Type of Protection Ex ia IIC T4 T1 and Ex nC IIC T4 T1 Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter Ex ia IIC T4 and Ex nC IIC T4 Remote Type Converter Process Temp T4 135 C T3 200 C T2 300 C T1 450 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Amb Temp 40 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector and Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Amb Hum 0 to 100 RH No condensation Degree of Protection of Enclosure IP67 Electrical Parameter Ui 30Vdc li 165mAdc Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female Type of Protection Intrinsically Safe for Class Il Ill
251. pening the terminal box cover use the hexagonal wrench attached Be sure to lock the cover by the Locking Screw using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the cover Table 4 1 shows the connection method of several output conditions 1 Analog Output 4 to 20 mA DC This converter uses the same two wires for both the signal and power supply ADC power supply is required in a transmission loop The total leadwire resistance including the instrument load and power distributor Supplied by the user must conform to a value in the permissible load resistance range Refer to Figure 4 1 IM 01F06A00 01EN elle E E 10 5 Communication X 0 0236 Applicable range D BRAIN and HART B T c sS Q o 250 o 1 t 1 o 1 10 5 164 24 7 30 42 Power Supply Voltage E V F0401 ai Figure 4 1 Relationship between Power Supply Voltage and Load Resistance 4 to 20 mA DC Output 2 Pulse output and Alarm Status Output This version uses three wires between the converter and the power supply ADC power and load resistance are required and pulse output is connected to a totalizer or an electric counter Low level of the pulse output is O to 2V No communication is possible over a transmission line Communication via the amplifier board is always possible irrespective of the wiring condition 3 Simultaneous Analog Pulse Output When using digital YEWFLO in the s
252. perating temperature kPa absolute Example Confirmation of presence of cavitation Suppose that the line pressure is 120 kPa abs and the flow rate scale is 0 to 30 m h It is only necessary to confirm the pressure at the maximum flow rate therefore the saturated steam pressure of water at 80 C is as follows from the table of saturated steam pressures Po 47 4 kPa abs Therefore substitute this value in equation 7 P 2 7 x 17 3 1 3 x 47 4 108 3 kPa abs Since the operating pressure of 120 kPa abs is higher than 108 3 kPa abs no cavitation occurs IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 20 13 6 Option Specifications For Explosion Protected Type Refer to Contact rating for the maximum current value of Pulse Circuit Item Specification Code TIIS Certification TIS Flameproof Approval Note 1 Flameproof Ex d IIC T6 Certified by TIIS TIIS is the abbreviation of Technology Institution of Industrial Safety JF3 Amb Temp 20 to 60 C Electrical connection JIS G1 2 female Factory Mutual FM Explosion proof Approval FM Applicable Standard FM3600 FM3611 FM3615 FM3810 ANSI NEMA 250 Type of Protection Explosion proof for Class Division 1 Groups A B C and D Dust ignitionproof Class II III Division 1 Groups E F and G SEALALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Rating Type 4X Temperature Code T6 rri Ambient Temperatur
253. pload download function Upload download parameters from digitalYEWFLO to the HART Configuration Tool Refer to Section 8 11 Menu Tree HART 5 for the applicable parameters 8 8 Self Diagnostic The self diagnostic function of the digitalYEWFLO is explained in Section 6 5 Self Diagnostic Error Code List It is also possible to carry out this function via HART Configuration Tool Procedure to call up Self test Status Root Menu Diag Service Self test Status M M METHOD METHOD is a program to faciliate the parameter settings 8 9 Software Write Protect digitalYEWFLO configured data is saved by using a write protect function The write protect status is setto Yes when 8 alphanumeric characters are entered in the New password field and transferred to the device When write protect is set to Yes the device does not accept parameter changes When the same eight alphanumeric string entered in the New password field is also entered in the Enable wrt 10min field and transferred to the digitalY EWFLO it will be possible to change the device parameters during a 10 minute period To change the digitalYEWFLO from the write protect Yes status back to Write protect No status use Enable wrt 10min to first release the write protect function and then enter eight spaces in the New password field 8 10 Specific Functions of HART Configuration Tool 8 10 1 Burst Mode digitalYEWFLO continuously sends the d
254. plosion protected apparatus Following the Labour Safety and Health Laws of Japan flameproof apparatus is subjected to type tests to meet either the technical criteria for explosionproof electrical machinery and equipment standards notification no 556 from the Japanese Ministry of Labour hereinafter referred to as technical criteria in conformity with the IEC Standards or the Recommended Practice for Explosion Protected Electrical Installations in General Industries published in 1979 These certified apparatus can be used in hazardous locations where explosive or inflammable gases or vapours may be present Certified apparatus includes a certification label and an equipment nameplate with the specifications necessary for explosion requirements as well as precautions on explosion protection Please confirm these precautionary items and use them to meet specification requirements For electrical wiring and maintenance servicing please refer to Internal Wiring Rules in the Electrical Installation Technical Standards as well as USER S GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry published in 1994 To meet flameproof requirements equipment that can be termed flameproof must 1 Be certified by a Japanese public authority in accordance with the Labour Safety and Health Laws of Japan and have a certification label in an appropriate location on its case and
255. quency Max 10 kHz Duty cycles Approx 50 1 2 to 2 1 Self diagnostics and Alarm Output In case alarm over range output signal EEPROM error vibration noise abnormal flow such as clogging bubble occurs an alarm signal is output and indicated The alarm signal output goes from close ON to open OFF during alarming Analog Output Function Analog output is selected from flowrate and temperature value when option code MV is selected IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 3 Status Output Function Pressure Equipment Directive Flow Switch Type of equipment piping In case flow rate decreases under the flow set Type of fluid liquid and gas value a status signal is output Group of fluid 1 and 2 Status signal output mode can reverse ON Module H OFF MODEL DN mm PS MPa PS DN MPa mm CATEGORY Data Security During Power Failure DY015 15 42 630 Article 3 Data parameter totalizer value etc storage P KON 3 by EEPROM No back up battery required TTD 15 1080 Article 3 Correction Paragraph 3 Instrument Error Correction SEP Vortex flowmeter instrument errors can be DY040 40 42 1680 I corrected by segment approximations DY050 50 42 2100 Il Reynolds Number Correction DYO080 80 42 3360 I Output error at Reynolds number 20000 or DY100 100 42 4200 I less is corrected by using five break poin
256. r and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process Temp T6 29 to 80 C T5 29 to 100 C T4 29 to 135 C KF2 T3 29 to 200 C T2 29 to 300 C T1 29 to 450 C Use HT version above 250 C Ambient temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Ambient Humidity 0 to 100 RH No condensation Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female ATEX Intrinsically Sare Note 2 Applicable Standard EN 60079 0 EN 60079 11 EN 60079 26 Type of protection Ex ia IIC T4 T1Ga Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Ex ia IIC T6 T1 Ga Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex ia IIC T4 Ga Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Groups Category Il 1 G Temperature Class T4 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter T6 T1 Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 40 to 80 79 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector KS2 Option LT below 29 C for Option MV at T6 40 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Ambient Humidity 5 to 100 RH No condensation Process temperature T6 196 to 84 79 C 15 196 to 100 C T4
257. r more 5D or more Ie L Valve position and straight pipe length digitalYEWFLO W Install the valve on the downstream side of the flowmeter Upstream Downstream Valve The upstream straight pipe length dependent on the element m located on the upstream such as reducer expander bent and etc Refer to each element above for Straight straight pipe run 5D or more Flow Valve digitalYEWFLO prese 20D or more M ERLM 5D or more IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 INSTALLATION 3 3 Table 3 1 b Straight pipe length and recommendations 2 D Nominal diameter mm Description Figure Fluid vibration For a gas line which uses a position type or roots type blower compressor or a high pressure liquid line about 1MPa or more which uses piston type or plunger type pump fluid vibrations may be produced In these case install valve on the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO For inevitable fluid vibration put a vibration damping device such as throttling plate or expansion section in the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO Qa LL Tm Downstream Piston type or Roots type Blower Compressor Valve digitalYEWFLO Straight pi Straight pipe 20D or more EK Pul Throttling Expansion Section digitalYEWFLO Upstream Downstream Straight pipe Straight pipe 20D or more 5D or more Piston type or plunger pump Install the accumulator on the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO to Piston type or
258. rature value of 0 output Set temperature value of 096 output B52 TEMP 100 Temperature value of 100 output Set temperature value of 10096 output IM 01F06A00 01EN 3 Item C BASIC SETUP These items are for the basic parameters with setting before shipment The parameters which are set in B are not necessary to set in C A value mn is the data corresponding to indicator The parameters C20 to C50 are not indicated when option code MV is selected and parameter item is selected in F10 except Monitor only or Not Use C10 TAG NO Tag No Set Tag No 16 characters Available characters are as follows ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZa bcdefghijkImnopqrstuvwxyz01234567 89 SPACE amp 6 4 F0603 ai C20 FLUID Flowrate unit Set the flowrate unit below Item Description LIQUID Volume 0 Volumetric flow of liquid measuring GAS STEAM Volume 1 Volumetric flow of gas or steam measuring LIQUID Mass 2 Mass flow of liquid measuring GAS STEAM Mass 3 Mass flow of gas or steam measuring GAS STD Normal 4 Volumetric flow at Standard condition The following items should be done in case of which C20 is LIQUID Volume or GAS STEAM Volume C22 VOLUME UNIT Volumetric unit Select the unit of volumetric flow from m 0 k m 1 2 cf 3 m cf 4 k cf 5 USgal 6 k USgal 7 UKgal 8 k UKgal 9 bbl 10
259. reprezenta n kancel Yokogawa Visos gamini ATEX Ex kategorijos Eksploatavimo instrukcijos teikiami angle vokie ig ir pranc z kalbomis Nor dami gauti prietais Ex dokumentacij kitomis kalbomis susisiekite su artimiausiu bendrov s Yokogawa biuru arba atstovu Visas ATEX Ex kategorijas izstradajumu Lieto anas instrukcijas tiek pieg d tas angiu vacu un fran u valod s Ja v laties sa emt Ex ieri u dokumentaciju cit valoda Jums ir j sazin s ar firmas Jokogava Yokogawa tuv ko ofisu vai parstavi K ik ATEX Ex toodete kasutamisjuhendid on esitatud inglise saksa ja prantsuse keeles Ex seadmete muukeelse dokumentatsiooni saamiseks p rduge l hima lokagava Yokogawa kontori v i esindaja poole Wszystkie instrukcje obs ugi dla urz dze w wykonaniu przeciwwybuchowym Ex zgodnych z wymaganiami ATEX dost pne s w j zyku angielskim niemieckim i francuskim Je eli wymagana jest instrukcja obs ugi w Pa stwa lokalnym je zyku prosimy o kontakt z najbli szym biurem Yokogawy Vsi predpisi in navodila za ATEX Ex sorodni pridelki so pri roki v angliS ini nemS ini ter franco amp ini Ee so Ex sorodna navodila potrebna v va em tukejnjem jeziku kontaktirajte va najblisi Yokogawa office ili predstaunika Az ATEX Ex m szerek g pk nyveit angol n met s francia nyelven adjuk ki Amennyiben helyi nyelven k rik az Ex eszk z k le r sait k rj k keress k fel a legk zelebbi Yok
260. rinsically safe digitaIYEWFLO lil 4 20mA DC PULSE Ge Ex ia IC T4 Ga No IECEx DEK 13 0066X A0 lt Ta 5 80 C 30 C lt Ta lt 480 C WITH INDICATOR Ui 30V li 300mA Pi 0 9W Ci t4rF Li OmH n200 C ze A emm aecraosrane auno HAZARD fun DECH YOKOGAWA Made in MODEL Specified model code SUFFIX Specified suffix code STYLE Style code SUPPLY Supply voltage OUTPUT Output signal MWP Maximum working pressure K FACTOR Device specific factor RANGE Specified range NO Upper column Manufacturing serial number 1 Lower column The year of production TAG NO Specified TAG No CE CE marking II1G Group II Category 1 Gas atmosphere II2G Group II Category 2 Gas atmosphere II3G Group II Category 3 Gas atmosphere 1 The first number in the second block of NO column is the last one number of the production year For example the year of production of the product engraved as follows is year 2014 NO S5K965926 435 7 TProduced in 2014 2 The product producing country F1408 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 4 CSA 1 Technical Data Explosion Proof Applicable Standard C22 1 98 C22 2 No 0 M1991 C22 2 No 0 4 04 C22 2 No 0 5 1982 C22 2 No 25 1966 C22 2 No 30 M1986 C22 2 No 94 M1991 C22 2 No 142 M1987 C22 2 No 61010 1 04 ANSI ISA 12 27 01 2003 Certificate 1166201 Type of Pro
261. s to 80m s DY150 Velocity 35m s to 80m s DY200 DY250 DY300 DY400 D Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO mm Re Reynolds number non unit Note This table shows the accuracy of pulse output In case of analog output add up x 0 196 of full scale to the values mentioned above Guarantee conditions of liquid volumetric flow rate the accuracy of a product before shipment in our water actual test facility Totalized value of 2000 pulse or greater straight pipe length upper 10D or greater lower 5D or greater Fluid temp 20 10 C Gas Steam The accuracy which is add up from liquid measurement accuracy The accuracy is confirmed by actual measured value of typical nominal size IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 14 Mass flow or Volumetric flow rate at Normal Standard condition for Multi Variable Type and combination of Multi Variable Type and Reduced Bore Type Model Code IMV IMVIR1 IMVIR2 32 096 20000sRe 1500 D D025 1 5 1500 D lt Re DY040 DY050 2 0 20000 lt Re lt 1000 D Liquid pyogo 1 5 1000 DsRe 2 0 20000sRe DY100 2 0 20000sRe DY150 2 0 40000sRe 1000 D DY200 1 5 1000 DsRe 2 0 40000 lt Re DY025 DY040 DY050 12 076 Gas Velocity 35m s or less 12 076 o Steam DY080 42 596 Velocity 35m s or less 12 076 DY100 Velocity 35m s to 80m s 2 5 Velocity 35msor less Velocity 35m s to 80m s 42
262. sends alarm signal also f NM Burst Message1 2 3 Burst command Refer to Subsection 9 10 3 Event Notification for detail N NOTE When changing the setting of Burst mode set Off p to the Burst mode Default setting is Off In case of Burst Mode setting change confirm Burst Mode parameter is OFF Prioritize to use the Burst Message 1 Table 9 1 Burst parameters Command parameter Burst Command Burst m Burst Trigger Source Burst Trigger Units PV Cmd1 PV Continuous flow rate Window PV Depends on the Rising assigned variable to Falling PV On change range current Cmd2 range Continuous Percent of range Loop current current Window range Rising Falling On change Process vars current Cmd3 Dyn vars Continuous Loop current PV SV TV QV current Window PV Depends on the Rising assigned variable to Falling PV On change Process vars Yrange current with status Cmd9 Device vars w Continuous Select from flow rate total flow Status Window Top of Burst Device Depends on maapping temperature density percent of range Rising Variables loop current PV SV TV and QV Falling On change Process vars range current Cmd33 Device Continuous Top of Burst Device Depends on the Select from flow rate total flow Variables Window Variables assigned variable to Temperature Density percent of range
263. sign enum PV assign enum Status group 1 enum Status group 2 enum Status group 3 enum Ext dev status enum RW Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask RW RW RW RW M Status group 1 enum Status group 2 enum Status group 3 enum Ext dev status enum R Device Diagnostic Status 0 Mask R R R R R R R R R Dyn var assign enum Simulation active Flow rate Flow rate Non Volatile memory failure Temperature Total Volatile memory error Temperature Watchdog reset executed Density Voltage conditions out of range Environmental conditions out of range Electronic failure F0915 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN R Read only CR Continuous read RW Read and Write M Method of HCF 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variab D2 Signal processing e Type Flow rate damping value B15 Upload Download RW Low cut D10 RW Temp setup Temp unit D20 Process temp D21 Density setup Density unit D25 Process density D26 Maintenance TLA K10 Signal level K20 RW RW RW RW RW RW Noise balance mode K25 Auto Method RW Manual Set noise ratio End Tuning at zero flow
264. splay alarm of a flow error anda vibration error Unit Display flowrate unit Setting Keys These keys are used to change flow rate data displays and type of setting data IM 01F06A00 01EN 5 BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES 5 2 Display Contents The display content items are classified in the following three items Table 5 1 Mode Name List Mode status Name Flow rate display mode Display Contents A mode in which instantaneous flow rates or totalized values are displayed Display content is usually selected either in display content selection mode or by setting parameters via BRAIN communication Setting mode In this mode parameter contents are confirmed or data is updated using the setting section The mode is changed to this mode when SET key is pressed in normal mode Alarm number display mode This mode is overlapped when an alarm is occurring in display mode The alarm number presentation to indicate alarm contents about 2 sec and the normal data display about 4 sec are repeated alternatively Mode represents that the system is in a state where the relevant setting or display is possible e Display Example SET SHIFT SET Flowrate Display Mode Setting Mode Error Mode NI V7 HART ISLE T W n e e es lt gt m em U 2124 4 HI LI al FA m e a Een Gel ei Dk m Ih ZA EK HOI Cu rire
265. struction 3 Criterion ASME B31 1 Note 1 Up to 30 alphanumeric characters can be engraved on the stainless tag plate Capital small letters are available for BRAIN communication D and FOUNDATION Fieldbus F Only capital letters are available for HART communication E or J Note 2 There is a case that calibration water should stay in the meter tube So this is not degrease treatment in the strict sense Note 3 The output is set 3 6mA or less Standard type is set 21 6mA or more at shipping Note 4 The electrical connection turn to a downstream side IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 9 Note 5 Refer to Subsection 13 3 1 Option Multi Variable Built In Temperature Sensor Type MV In case of Remote type detector DY N select MV both DY and DYA Note 6 NM can not combine with Remote type DY N Note 7 ATEX Flameproof Approval KF2 and IECEx Flameproof Approval SF2 are not Available Note 8 Cryogenic version LT is not available High process temperature version HT and Multi variable type MV for DYO25 R1 and DY040 R2 is not available Flange type only and available process connections are JIS10k 20k BJ1 BJ2 and ANSI class 150 300 BA1 BA2 BS1 BS2 Model Code A means DY nominal size Note 9 Applicable for Option code FF1 KF2 KS2 FS1 SF2 and SS2 Not applicable for Option code P1 P2 P7 X1 X2 HT
266. suas enuey 1e enuen 1e enuen e enuey 1e enuen ye jenueyy ye enue 3e Josuas 1ejeujouueuy NYa JOJOWOWWAY uonejedo uonejedo 994 uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uoneJedo Jouous o 1ejeuiouueuj NOSN3S ueyo H 44O ululeway Uu ueway uo peseg u ueway uuurues Uu UEL gg4 UO peseg ul ueway 894 uo paseg ul ueway uonoeuuoosiq Jo 1013 dat oclug O 00 amp dure 9 00e due 9 00e dway 2 00 amp durep 9 00e dwat 9 00 due 9 00 due_ 9 00 duie 9 00 dwal 9 00 dwel 10 9 09 dw3 10 2 08 dui9 10 2 06 dui9 10 9 0G dway 10 9 0 dwa 10 9 0 dwa 10 9 08 duse 109 0 dwia 10 9 0G dwe 109 0 dwe J9 0 enjejeduie je uoneJedo euogeredo jeuomeredo je uogesado je uoneJedo e uoge1edo je uonejedo jeuonejedo je uoneedo jeuonejedo 2 00 10 mojaq e1nje1eduia diA3 L au MOAHO H 44O ul UIELUSY ul UE ul UIELUSY ul UIELUSY ul UIELUSY ul ureuleH LUES ul UIELUSY ul UIELUSY ur ureuie 3 09 S enje dwa Jo 1011 H3AO cL 7443 aJ 960 UELL uey ssaj JO eseo S9 JO eseo ur ueds UL Uu 950 1e ueuw 0 eunjejeduie Jo pexy pue OLL Do pue 960LL Oe 0 pue jeuBis LNdLno eunjejeduis uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uonejedo uoneJedo Je ojo eseo ut uongejedo 134040 ese2 ur uonejedo aJou JO 950 SI 1ndjno dwa HIM euxoaHo H 440 JEWJON JEWJON JPLUION EUUON JEWJON ewsoN 940LL1e Det JEWION OLL ED won jeuBis jndjno dwaj eBuei1 jaa dat 01 43 BuibBojo uoneJedo uone1edo uoneJedo uone1edo uoneJedo u
267. t F24 RW Time unit F35 RW End Liquid Mass Density unit F26 RW Base density F27 RW Temp unit F28 RW Base temp F29 RW 1 st temp coeff F30 RW 2 nd temp coeff F31 RW Mass unit F32 RW Time unit F35 End Cable length F52 RW Temp damping F50 RW Analog out select F55 Method Review 1 Review 2 Review 3 MV Review 4 Pressure unit enum MPa abs kPa abs kg Sqcm abs bar abs psia F0810 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN 8 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 5 8 11 Review 1 Model Review 2 Review 3 Review 4 Manufacturer Flow rate unit Special unit Distributor Flow span User s unit Function Base density Tag PV Damp Conversion factor 1 st temp coeff Descriptor Contact output Nominal size 2 nd temp coeff Message Pulse rate Body type Date Frequency at 100 Sensor type Cable length Temp damping Dev id Setting level K factor Analog out select Write protect Upper display Detector No Temp 0 AO Alrm typ Lower display User adjust Universal rev Total rate Reynolds adjust Temp 10096 Temp error out Fld d
268. t add up x 0 196 of full scale to the values mentioned above IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 13 15 E Calculation formula m How to calculate volume flow rate at operating conditions vxD e Q 2 3600xvxS or Q 354 m How to calculate the velocity of a Reynolds number ev 5xv D Reynolds number of 5000 ev 20xv D Reynolds number of 20000 e v 40xv D Reynolds number of 40000 where 3 e Re 394x10 xQ EE 1 vxD ym ege 2 Pr Q Volume flow rate at operating conditions m 3 h D Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO mm S Sectional area of digitalYEWFLO m v Flow velocity m s Re Reynolds number non unit p Density at operating conditions kg m u Viscosity at operating conditions mPa s cP v Kinematic viscosity at operating conditions 10 m s cSt B Typical fluid example Table 13 8 Range of Measurable Water Flow Rate At standard condition of 15 C p 1000 kg m Model Code ER Rate Accuracy Flow Fue in m h DY015 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 0 30 to 6 0 94 to 6 DY025 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 0 65 to 18 1 7 to 18 DY040 DY050 R1 DY080 R2 1 3 to 44 2 6 to 44 DY050 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 2 2 to 73 3 3 to 73 DY080 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 4 3 to 142 4 6 to 142 DY100 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 7 5 to 248 7 5 to 248 DY150 DY200 R1 17 to 544 18 to 544 DY200 34 to 973 34 to 973 DY250 60 to 1506 60 to 1506 DY300 86 to 2156 86 to 2156 DY400 1
269. t line DY150 150 42 6300 Ill segment approximation DY200 200 42 8400 m Gas Expansion Correction p DY250 250 42 10500 il When measuring a compressibility gas and DY300 300 22 12600 T steam this expansion factor is useful to Gage Ges e ee i correct the error at high velocity of flow 35m s PS Maximum allowable pressure for Flow tube DN Nominal or more size Down scale or Up scale burn out Refered to Table 6 coverd by ANNEX II of EC Directive on In case a CPU or EEPROM failure occurs Pressure Equipment Directive 97 23 EC flow meter output the signal of Up scale 21 6 ar mA or more 100 Up scale or Down scale 3 6 mA or less is Se user selectable through the fail mode alarm o jumper e Br Indicator E Flow rate 96 or engineering units or tem amp perature value and totalizer can be indicated E simultaneously t S Short message for self diagnostics indicated 2 Local parameter setting can be operated by 29 key switches 50 In mounting direction the right and left 90 is a9 ILL PM Se Process Temperature C rotatable SXXS With Indicator Without Indicator EMC Conformity Standards EN 61326 1 2006 Class A Table 2 For use in industrial locations EN 61326 2 3 2006 Note1 This instrument is a Class A product and it is designed for use in the industrial environment Please use this instrument in the industrial environment only Note2 Use the metal conduit for the remote cable Figure 13 1 Ambient Te
270. ta The error history can be holded for 30 days In order to clear an error record set the video inverse bar by lt gt and press ENTER key twice K45 H VIBRATION Selection of output operation Select the output operation when High Vibration in self diagnosis K50 SOFTWARE REV Software revision The software revision can be indicated 6 19 IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 20 Ue SI OCH YOIYM JO esp u euop eq 430 MOT MS MOTH NO MOT MS MOTH S OZ8 U9IUM JO eseo ur euop eq AON3RO3 H KAS 1nd Q311V9SNA AS 1nd GAIVOS S OZA YOM Jo eseo ui euop eq ad A 104 uO 1 Pinoys suonipuoo eseu md no Wey Pinoys suonipuoo esau 3ndino snes Pinoys suonipuoo eseu 1nd H LINIT LNO O Q uo peseq no asind Z SI 0 bbs bs eoueunooo JON O UOJ YM senunuoo uonenoje uoreJedo ur UELUSY uoneja1 NOYYIM senunuoo uoneJedo uonejedo JeuuoN e1oN BDUSIINIIO JOS O lt 6 PARAMETERS gt tem A60 B60 C60 D60 E60 H60 J60 K60 or M60 In I press function key F2 DIAG and the error contents are displayed 6 5 Self Diagnostic Error Code List When an ERROR is displayed by SELF CHECK D peep osje si mojaq uonounj onsouBip yas pun day MO Op G Z 40 puefe dsig peaq pee ayy eoe
271. talled horizontally raise that part of the pipeline in which the digitalYEWFLO is installed Good Good FAL I No Good Flow F0302 ai 2 Liquid Measurement Precautions To insure accurate measurement the digitalYEWFLO must always have a full pipe Piping Requirements for Proper Operation Allow the flow to flow against gravity When the flow is moving with gravity lift the down stream pipe length above the digitalYEWFLO installation level to maintain full pipeline T No Good No Good Y Eun Good Flow ivo Flow F0303 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN e Piping for Avoiding Bubbles Flows containing both gas and liquid cause problems Avoid gas bubbles in a liquid flow Piping should be carried out to avoid bubble generation Install the valve on the downstream side of the flowmeter because pressure drop across the control valve may cause gas to come out of the solution Good E No Good i Value i Flow BOUE Flow lc No Good F0304 ai 3 Multi Phase Flow digitalYEWFLO can measure gas liquid and steam when there is no change in state However accurate measurement of mixed flows e g gas and liquid is not possible No Good Mist flow No Good SE Bil pu REN i Flow Stratified flow No Good OPS DoS TOLER Gas Flow pe ee Bubble flow F0305 ai 3 INSTALLATION 3 5 4 Pipeline Diameter and digitalYEWFLO The proc
272. tandard Indicate and Set only for D40 Yes Special D42 USER S UNIT Ww 8 characters User s unit 9 Indicate and Set only for D40 Yes Special D43 CONV FACTOR Ww 0 00001 to 32000 0to5 Conversion factor 1 0 D60 SELF CHECK R GOOD ERROR Self diagnostic message FU Flow unit 1 Available for 3 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 2 If specified when ordering it is set to the specified contents 3 Available characters are same as C10 Refer to Section 6 4 Parameters Description IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS 6 6 5 Item E Detector Setup These items are for detector that has been already set before A value in is the data corresponding to the indicator Item Name R W Data Range Unit Decimal Remark ininal Disp U D Point Value E00 METER SETUP Menu E Detector setup E10 NOMINALSIZE W 15mm 0 Selection of Nominal Size 1 D E 25mm 1 40mm 2 50mm 3 80mm 4 100mm 5 150mm 6 200mm 7 250mm 8 300mm 9 400mm 10 E20 BODY TYPE W Standard 0 Selection of Body Type 0 D L High Pressure 1 Low Flow Unit 1 2 Low Flow Unit 2 3 E30 SENSOR TYPE W Standard 0 Selection of Sensor Type 0 D L High Temperature 1 Low Temperature 2 E40 K FACT UNIT W IPI 0 Selection of K factor Unit 0 D P
273. te mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 6 European Pressure Equipment Directive PED A WARNING When using the instrument in compliance with PED be sure to read Chapter 15 PED PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE before use 1 INTRODUCTION 1 3 1 2 Warranty The terms of this instrument that are guaranteed are described in the quotation We will make any repairs that may become necessary during the guaranteed term free of charge Please contact our sales office if this instrument requires repair If the instrument is faulty contact us with concrete details about the problem and the length of time it has been faulty and state the model and serial number We would appreciate the inclusion of drawings or additional information The results of our examination will determine whether the meter will be repaired free of charge or on an at cost basis The guarantee will not apply in the following cases Damage due to negligence or insufficient maintenance on the part of the customer Problems or damage resulting from handling operation or storage that violates the intended use and specifications Problems that result from using or performing maintenance on the instrument in a location that does not comply with the installation location specified by Yokogawa Problems or damage resulting from repairs or modifications not performed by Yokogawa or som
274. tection Explosionproof for Class B C and D Class Il Groups E F and G Class Ill For Class I Division 2 location FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Type 4X Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Code Ambient Process Temperature Temperature T6 60 C lt 85 C T5 60 C lt 100 C T4 60 C lt 135 C T3 60 C lt 200 C T2 60 C lt 300 C i 60 C lt 450 C Temperature Code T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Power Supply 42Vdc max Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Output Supply Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse Output On 2Vdc 200mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Output Signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Output Signal 30Vp p 100pAp p Input Output signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Current Output 4 to 20mAdc Pulse On 2Vdc 20mA Off 42Vdc 4mA Input Signal 30Vp p 100uAp p Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 female Special 14 12 e Intrinsically Safe Type n and Non incendive Applicable Standard C22 2 No 0 M91 C22 2 No 0 4 2004 C22 2 No 157 M1987 C22 2 No 213 M1987 C22 2 No 1010 1 92 CAN CSA E60079 0 02 CAN CSA E60079 11 02 CAN CSA E60079 15 02 ANSI ISA 12 27 01
275. terminal 2 External grounding terminal F1401 ai Figure 14 1 Wiring Procedure for Grounding Terminals IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 3 3 Operation A WARNING Wait 3 min after power is turned off before opening the covers Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 4 Maintenance and Repair A WARNING The instrument modification or parts replacement by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the certification 5 Installation Diagram of Intrinsically safe and Note Integral type Non Hazardous Location Safety barriers O1 Tro O Hazardous Location gt i i i DY Flowmeter SUPPLY Remote type without built in Temperature sensor Hazardous i Non Hazardous Location Location i Safety barriers DY N Detector DYA Converter 4 FO Ao SUPPLY l 0 B z i o PULSE tO 0 i o 0 i DYC Signal cable Remote type with built in Temperature sensor Hazardous i Non Hazardous Location Location Safety barriers DY N Detector DYA Converter 4 Ao OA SUPPLY Bo OB T T PULSE C E S E DYC Signal cable pO O pO O Electrical data Signa
276. the error code Connect a hand held terminal and check self diagnostic Check the avitation refer to Section 13 4 Sizing Is there a snapping sound from the flowmeter Was a faulty area found with self diagnosis Is digitalYEWFLO properly grounded Ground digitalYEWFLO Refer to Section 6 5 Self Diagnostic Error Code List and check for recovery measures Are the parameters Configure the configured correctly at parameters operating conditions correctly This case is due to Does the value in coating of stuff K34 VORTEX FREQ vortex shedder bar undergo a lot of Check the piping changes inner surfaces Ensure the straight lengths of pipeline refer to Chapter 3 INSTALLATION Is straight lengths of pipeline stable Normal Replace the Yes gaskets refer to Chapter 3 INSTALLATION Does gaskets protrudes Check standards Note 1 This is the temperature and pressure at digitalYEWFLO mounted place Note 2 Contact with our service in case this is not carried out into the right statement F1201 ai 12 2 The Indication Goes to Zero at Certain Time When this problem occurred the cause is suspected of deterioration of sensor sensitivity and turbulent of fluid flow due to coating on the shedder bar and flowmeter inner tube How to cope with this problem 1 Refer to Section 11 5 Vorte
277. the security code SET B10 FLOW SPAN 100 00 m3 h 150 Enter 150 using the alphanumeric keys SET B10 FLOW SPAN Dem 1 ho B i m3 n E TU print off F2 printer on FEED POFF NO Pressing the enter key inverse video bar is flashed ENTER SET B10 FLOW SPAN 150 00 m3 h PARAM B10 FLOW SPAN 100 m3 h B15 DAMPING 4 sec B20 CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE DATA DIAG PRNT ESC The data setting can be completed If data setting is missing press F3 key and reset the data Setting is completed The screen returns to the preceding screen when the F4 ESC key is pressed F0704 ai A IMPORTANT After setting a parameter keep the power on for at least 30 seconds If the power of flowmeter is turned off a parameter setting is released IM 01F06A00 01EN 7 OPERATION FOR THE BRAIN TERMINAL BT200 gt 7 4 2 Setting Output Example Change the pulse output to alarm output MENU Enter menu item and press A DISPLAY R key Move the inverse video bar D to B EASY SETUP E H SET Pressing the enter key B20 CONTACT OUT inverse video bar is flashed SeRLEDZeULSE ALARM Z N AUX SETUP METER SETUP ADJUST HOME SET ADJ ESC l ENTER PARAM Item B menu is displayed SET The data setting can be Print off F2 printer on FEED POFF NO
278. the setting values Note Refer to Section 10 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode K28 SET VORTEX F Output test by setting simulated frequency Amplifier check is executed by simulated frequency input Output to be able to check are analog output pulse output contact output Test status also can be seen on display board IM 01F06A00 01EN 6 PARAMETERS AA NOTE In case of multi variable type option code MV output value is calculated by setting density and temperature Available for 5 10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 SOFTWARE REV K30 VELOCITY Flow velocity Indication of flow velocity at the operating conditions K32 SPAN V Flow span velocity Indication of flow span velocity When MV is selected and F10 FUNCTION is Saturated Steam or Superheat Steam and GAS STD Normal or LIQUID Mass the display of span velocity may differ from an actual value K34 VORTEX FREQ Vortex frequency Indication of vortex frequency at operating conditions K36 SPAN F Span vortex frequency Indication of span vortex frequency When MV is selected and F10 FUNCTION is Saturated Steam or Superheat Steam and GAS STD Normal or LIQUID Mass the display of span frequency may differ from an actual value K40 ERROR RECORD Error record The error record can be indicated The error is recorded as history The error history is not time series da
279. threads JIS B 0202 with no sealing property To protect the apparatus from corrosive gases or moisture apply nonhardening sealant Such as liquid gaskets to those threads for waterproofing Specific cables shall be used as recommended by the USER S GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry published in 1994 n necessary appropriate protective pipes conduit or flexible pipes ducts or trays shall be used for preventing the cable run outside the cable glands from damage To prevent explosive atmosphere from being propagated form Zone 1 or 2 hazardous location to any different location or non hazardous location through the protective pipe or duct apply sealing of the protective pipes in the vicinity of individual boundaries or fill the ducts with sand appropriately When branch connections of cables is made a flameproof or increased safety connection box shall be used In this case flameproof or increased safety cable glands meeting the type of connection box must be used for cable connections to the box IM 01F06A00 01EN INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT 6 Maintenance of Flameproof Apparatus To maintain the flameproof apparatus do the following For details refer to Chapter 10 MAINTENANCE OF EXPLOSION PROTECTED ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION in the USER S GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres
280. tor Converter Exd IIC T6 Construction Flame Proof Approval Amb Temp 20 C up to 60 C Rating Maximum power supply vortage DC42V Output Voltage 30Vp p Maximum power supply vortage DC42V Current Signal DC4 20mA Pulse Signal ON 2V 200mA OFF 42V 4mA Input Signal 30V p p 100p A p p Resistance Temp Sensor Input Pt1000 at 0 C Specified Current less than 1mA In case that ambient temperature exceeds 50 C use heat resistant cables with maximum allowable temperature of 70 C or above IM 01F06A00 01EN 15 PED PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE 15 1 15 PED PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE This chapter is described further requirements and notices concerning the PED Pressure Equipment Directive The description in this chapter is prior to other description in this User s Manual 1 Technical Data Pressure Equipment Directive Type of equipment piping Type of fluid liquid and gas Group of fluid 1 and 2 Module H MODEL DN mm PS MPa PS DN MPa mm CATEGORY DY015 15 42 630 Article 3 Paragraph 3 SEP DY025 25 42 1050 Article 3 Paragraph 3 SEP DY040 40 42 1680 II DY050 50 42 2100 II DY080 80 42 3360 II DY100 100 42 4200 II DY150 150 42 6300 I DY200 200 42 8400 I DY250 250 42 10500 IH DY300 300 42 12600 I DY400 400 25 10000 I D PS Maximum allowable pressure for Flow tube DN No
281. try devices for flameproof type shall be used to meet this demand References 1 Type Certificate Guide for Explosion Protected Construction Electrical Machinery and Equipment relating to Technical Standards Conforming to International Standards issued by the Technical Institution of Industrial Safety Japan 2 USER S GUIDELINES for Electrical Installations for Explosive Gas Atmospheres in General Industry 1994 issued by the Japanese Ministry of Labour the Research Institute of Industrial Safet IM 01F06A00 01EN Revision Information Title Model DY Vortex Flowmeter Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter Manual No IM 01F06A00 01EN Edition Data Page Revised Item 3rd Jun 2002 1 1 1 4 Change Figure1 1 b 2 2 2 2 Change the process temperature range and ambient temperature 2 3 2 2 Add Pressure Equipment Directive Change Figure 2 2 1 2 5 2 3 Change Table 2 3 1 Body of Cryogenic Version 2 6 2 7 2 4 Change the process temperature range and ambient temperature 2 9 2 4 Change the process temperature range 2 10 24 Change Figure 2 4 1 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 Add the description of Table 4 1 6 1 6 3 Change the contents of parameter lists 6 6 6 3 Change a table of parameter list 6 10 6 4 Add the description of B50 A OUT SELECT 7 3 7 2 2 Change a tuning method 9 1 9 1 1 Change the process temperature and ambient temperature 9 3 9 1 6 Change Data Plate 9 4 9 2 1 Change the process temperature and a
282. try Time Max Update Time and Event Debounce Interval For Event Noteification Retry Time set the value thet is smaller than Max Update Time padri im rd Event Debounce Interval Off 0 5s 0 5s 1s 1s 2s 2s 4s 4s 8s 8s 16s 16s 32s 32s 1 min 1 min 5 min 5 min 10 min 10 min 15 min 15 min 30 min 30 min 45 min 45 min 60 min 60 min c Event Notification Control Select Enable event notification on token passing data link layer in the Event Notification Control parameter to shift to the monitor state 2 Acknowledge Event Notification DTM The transmission of the event message stops when event is approved Procedure to call up the display Time not occur Event Stop the event monitor OFF Notification Shift to the monitor state Control Enable event notification on token passing data link layer Event Mask Set the status to detect Event Set the retry time when the event occur Notification Retry Time Max Update Set the retry time when the event does Event Debounce The setting of the minimum event Interval duration DTM HART 7 Root Menu Detailed setup gt Configure outputs HART output Event Notification Knowledge gt Acknowledge Acquisition of the event number and Event approval Notification a Event Mask Set the status to detect in the Event Mask parameter Devi
283. tto con l ufficio Yokogawa piu vicino o con un rappresentante Todos los manuales de instrucciones para los productos antiexplosivos de ATEX est n disponibles en ingl s alem n y franc s Si desea solicitar las instrucciones de estos art culos antiexplosivos en su idioma local deber ponerse en contacto con la oficina o el representante de Yokogawa m s cercano Alle handleidingen voor producten die te maken hebben met ATEX explosiebeveiliging Ex zijn verkrijgbaar in het Engels Duits en Frans Neem indien u aanwijzingen op het gebied van explosiebeveiliging nodig hebt in uw eigen taal contact op met de dichtstbijzijnde vestiging van Yokogawa of met een vertegenwoordiger Kaikkien ATEX Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden kaytt6hjeet ovat saatavilla englannin saksan ja ranskankielisina Mik li tarvitsette Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden ohjeita omalla paikallisella kielell nnne ottakaa yhteytt l himp n Yokogawa toimistoon tai edustajaan Todos os manuais de instru es referentes aos produtos Ex da ATEX est o dispon veis em Ingl s Alem o e Franc s Se necessitar de instru es na sua l ngua relacionadas com produtos Ex dever entrar em contacto com a delega o mais pr xima ou com um representante da Yokogawa Tous les manuels d instruction des produits ATEX Ex sont disponibles en langue anglaise allemande et francaise Si vous n cessitez des instructions relatives aux produits Ex dans votre langue veuillez bie
284. up E Tag and Device Information The tag number and device information can be checked as follows Procedure to call up the tag number and device information Tag Root Menu Basic setup Tag or Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Tag or Root Menu Review Review1 Tag Long Tag Root Menu Basic setup Long Tag or Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Long Tag or Root Menu Review Review Long Tag Descriptor or Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Descriptor or Root Menu Review Review Descriptor Message or Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Message or Root Menu Review Review Message Date or Root Menu Detailed setup Device information Date or Root Menu Review Review1 Date When changing the tag number or device information enter the information directly within the following limitations Item Limitations Tag Up to 8 characters or numbers Long Tag Up to 32 characters or numbers HART 7 only Descriptor Up to 16 characters or numbers Message Up to 32 characters or numbers Date yyyy mm dd mm month 2 digits dd days 2 digits yy years 2 digits 1 The characters bounded by the thick line in the following table can be used 2 All characters in the following tabl
285. up 3 enum Flow over output Transient noise Temp over output Span set error High vibration Over temp Pulse out over Cloggin Temp sensor fault Pulse set error Fluctuating Temp convert fault Device ID not entered Burst configuration error Sensor fault Device variable simulation Pre amp fault EEPROM fault Ext dev status enum Maintenace required Device variable alert Critical Power Failure R Status group 1 enum R Status group 2 enum R Status group 3 enum R M R Ext dev status enum F0911 ai 9 15 IM 01F06A00 01EN R Read only CR Continuous read RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type C DD Basic setup 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal Upload Download C10 RW Easy setup Contact output Off Method Scaled pulse Pulse rate B21 Unscaled pulse ditto Frequency Frequency at 100 B22 Alarm Flow SW Low On Setting level B23 Flow SW Low Off Display mode Upper display B30 Lower display B31 Totalizer Total Total start stop B40 Total rate B45 Total reset B47 Analog out select C20 Liquid Volume ditto 23 Method
286. ure 10 1 and warm up for three minutes more 2 Set span frequency in Parameter J10 OUT ANALOG lt 10 OPERATION gt 10 1 3 In case the load resistance is 2500 digital multimeter indicates 5V Otherwise if it is known load resistance value it indicates R O x 0 02 A 4 Check output value is in the rated value 0 016 mA after set 50 in Parameter J10 5 Check output value is in the rated value 0 016 mA after set 0 in Parameter J10 digital multimeter F1001 ai Figure 10 1 Connection of Maintenance Instruments 4 IMPORTANT When using any test purpose measuring instruments do not ground them All of your parameter settings will be cancelled if you turn digitalYEWFLO off less than 30 seconds after the parameter setup Keep digitalYEWFLO turned on at least 30 Seconds after setting up the parameters A NOTE When configure the parameters using the HART Configuration Tool refer to Section 8 11 Menu Tree HART 5 or Section 9 11 Menu Tree HART 7 IM 01FO6A00 01EN 10 1 4 Totalizer Start and Totalizer Reset When using the Totalizer Function the start setup should be done 1 Start operation using BT200 Enter to B40 TOTAL START and move the video bar to EXECUTE Push ENTER key at 2 times Start operation using indicator Enter to Setting mode move to B40 of parameter number and enter to 01 of data number Refer to Section 5 4 Settin
287. ure and pressure at standard normal condition are used Mass flow rate is calculated with density compensated by the secondary formula of measured temperature Operating density is used as a base density and the 1st and 2nd coefficients have to be set Refer to Section 13 5 Detailed Accuracy The factory setting is the flow rate output When the temperature output is required it is necessary to change the parameter Default setting is Temperature but Total is set when the total rate is specified in sizing data Note10 In case of indicating the temperature the display indicate not only 96 but also t t means temperature Note12 In case of remote type option code MV is necessary for both Vortex Flow Converter DYA and Signal Cable DYC To correct the temperature error due to signal cable length parameter setting of the signal cable length to Vortex Flow Converter DYA is required IM 01F06A00 01EN 13 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 3 2 Option Reduced Bore Type R1 R2 This option is the same as standard specification except the following items 13 11 Reduced Bore Type Option R1 R2 Note1 Pressure Loss standard type standard type F1306 ai Accuracy Flange Model piping R1 Detector size R2 Detector size Code size inner dia B inner dia B A DY025 25mm 15 14 6 mm Note 3 15 14 6
288. ure outputs Analog output gt Loop current mode gt Enabled Loop current mode is enabled Disabled Loop current mode is disabled Event Number Explanation 123 The latest event 122 An event before the once 121 An event before the twice 120 An event before three times N NOTE When the same polling address is set for two or more devices in multidrop mode communication with these devices are disabled IM 01F06A00 01EN 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 9 9 3 Communication when set in the multidrop mode The HART configuration tool searches for a device that is set in multidrop mode when it is turned on When the HART configuration tool is connected to the device the polling address and the tag will be displayed Selectthe desired device After that normal communication to the selected device is possible However the communication speed will be slow Release the Multidrop Mode To release multidrop mode call up the Poll addr display and set the address to 0 Return Loop current mode to Enable ES 9 10 5 Loop Test Simulation and Squawk 1 Loop test This feature can be used to output a fixed current for loop checks Procedure to call up the Loop test Method Root Menu Diag Service Loop test 2 Device Variable Simulation Function Effective only when setting to HART 7 Using the simulation function the output signal c
289. us Flow rate Data Quality Flow rate Limit Status Total Data Quality Total Limit Status Temp Data Quality Temp Limit Status Denge Data Quality rnge Limit Status Loop Current Data Quality Loop Current Limit Status Time Stamp CR Data quality enum Limit status enum Bad Not limited Poor accuracy Low limited Manual Fixed High limited Good Constant CR Data quality enum CR Limit status enum CR Data quality enum CR Limit status enum CR Data quality enum CR Limit status enum CR Data quality enum CR Limit status enum CR Data quality enum CR Limit status enum F0909 ai F0910 ai IM 01F06A00 01EN R Read only 9 OPERATION VIA HART CONFIGURATION TOOL HART 7 Parameter No in display and BRAIN Terminal M CR Continuous read Upload Download RW Read and Write M Method of HCF Unique Method of DY MV Only for Multi Variable Type B Diag Service Self test Status Self test Status MV Loop test Test output Out analo Out pulse Status group 1 Status group 2 Status group 3 Cfg chng count Reset Cfg chng flag Ext dev status Method Out Status D Atrim Scaled D A trim Simulate Test auto release time J40 Squawk Master reset Status group 1 enum Status group 2 enum Status gro
290. utput Flow Rate Same as Standard Type utpu P Alarm Output Alarm Output same as Standard Type and Temperature Sensor Error etc Status Output Flow Switch Flow Rate Same as Standard Type Disol Upper Select from Flow Rate Engineering Unit or Temperature 96 Note10 ispla ii Lower Select from Total Rate or Temperature C F Note11 Remote Type Select Vortex Flow Converter DYA LILILI MV and Signal Cable DYC LILILI MV Note12 Note1 Multi Variable Type MV can not be combined with Cryogenic Version LT Note2 Note3 Note4 Note5 Note6 Note7 Notes Note9 Note11 Temperature measurement may be affected by installation conditions such as thermal insulation of piping or the temperature distribution of the fluid Refer to Section 3 2 Piping Precautions for thermal insulation of piping When measuring mass flow of saturated steam superheated steam thermal insulation of piping may be required Measured temperature is not used for flow measurement Mass flow rate is calculated from density calculated with density at the mesuared temperature derived by the built in saturated steam table Mass flow rate is calculated with the density at the measured temperature derived by the built in steam table For mass flow calculation of superheated steam operating pressure is used as constant value Volumetric flow rate is calculated by temperature pressure compensation For volumetric flow calculation of gas operating press
291. vision Specification changes Table 9 3 1 9 7 Page alignment Table 9 3 2 9 10 Revision Specification changes Table for MV 9 11 14 Revision Specification changes for Explosion proof 10 1 12 Revision Specification changes for Explosion proof EX BOSE 2 Revision Specification changes for TIIS Explosion proof 14th Mar 2012 vi Add Warning Wet location Chapter 7 Chapter 8 9 1 9 2 10 2 10 4 10 7 Chapter 12 Chapter 13 Correction Chapter No Correction Chapter No Add Note 3 Correction unit Correction time unit Correction K45 Add parameter item D40 Correction D43 Correction unit Revision J40 Revision HART5 and DTM menu tree Add HART7 Add Note Minor amendment ex Chapter number Revision 10 1 Revision 10 5 Vortex Shedder Removal Add Footnote Add HARTT Revision of Ex proof descriptions Revision of Ex proof descriptions IM 01F06A00 01EN Edition Data Page Revised Item 15th Aug 2012 2 3 Correction Figure Word 2 5 Correction Word 3 7 3 8 Correction 5 2 5 4 5 5 5 15 Correction 7 5 Correction Word 7 7 Add RW 8 7 8 8 Correction 8 15 Correction Word 8 18 Add RW 8 19 Add R 10 2 Revision 10 4 Revision Table 10 1 10 6 Correction 12 3 Add table 12 5 Revision 12 6 Revision 12 8 Revision 12 9 Revision Note7 8 9 12 11 Correction 12 12 to 12 14 Revision Explosionproof 12 15 Add DY250 HT and DY300 HT 12 19 Revision 12 20 to 12 38
292. ware s parameter Switches refer to Section 8 9 Software Write Protect or Section 9 9 Software Write Protect Table 10 2 Setting pin for Write Protect Pin position CPU error oji N Enable ol o N E Protect oj Y 10 1 8 Power Failure When a power failure occurs the totalized value will be protected by EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable ROM But during a power failure the vortex flowmeter stops and also the totalizing will stop After a power is recovered the vortex flowmeter and the totalizing start to work automatically EEPROM doesn t need a battery for backup 10 OPERATION 10 3 10 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode digitalYEWFLO does not need the initial adjustment because digitalYEWFLO is always adjusted by itself automatically These adjustments should be done in case that indicator reads over zero at zero flow 10 2 1 Low Cut Adjustment Adjust to noise elimination or zero flow in the low flowrate or low frequency range The settable range for low cut flowrate is to half of minimum flowrate 10 2 2 Zero Tuning This adjustment should be done according to a flow figure shown below Is it zero flow Stop flow to be zero Set TUNING AT ZERO of K25 N B MODE Wait more than 30 seconds Ensure the complete of the tuning function Finishing the tuning functios Is indication reads zero at zero flow Retry the tuning
293. wing Y Yamamoto Approved K Ichikawa Yokogawa Electric Corporation IFMO019 IM 01F06A00 01EN 14 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 14 8 Model DY Series Date April 16 2001 Nonincendive Hazardous Location 3 C9 Non Hazardous Location Class LII Division 2 Groups A B C D F and G i Class IIL Division 1 i and Class I Zone 2 Group IIC Integral type General Purpose Equipment DY flowmeter T E 1 spo Oc LO Power Supply SUPLLY kr O Od ee ts TO DIM TO IS z PULSE i O O TO oL B Reciever E Remote type DY N flowmeter MS i up E EUN f TO Oc O Power Supply 1 O 2O O l 01 Reciever 1 Signal Cable DYC 1 Wire for T terminal With temperature sensor type installed Without temperature sensor type not installed Non incendive field wire parameters of voltex flowmeter DY and vortex flow converter DYA Vmax 30 V Imax 165mA Pi 0 9W Ci 12nF Li 0 15mH Installation requirements between flowmeter converter and general purpose equipment Revi Vt or Voc S Vmax It or Isc S Imax PoSPi Caz Ci Ccable Laz Lit Lcable Vt Voc It Isc Po Ca and La are nonincendive field wire parameters of general purpose equipment Note Rev2 1 The general purpose equipment must be FM Approved with Nonincendive field wiring parameter which meet the above installation requirements Rev2 2 Installation should be
294. x Shedder Removal take out the Vortex Shedder bar and clean it 2 If there is the coating on inner tube of the flowmeter remove the flowmeter body from adjacent pipes and clean it IM 01F06A00 01EN 12 TROUBLESHOOTING 12 2 12 3 No Output When The Fluid is Flowing f a built in indicator is attached check the display of the error code Connect a hand held terminal and check self diagnostic Yes Was a faulty area found with selfdiagnosis Check for recovery measures refer to Section 6 5 Self Diagnostic Error Code List No Is the output signal current present Check the polarities Are the power polarities correct Refer to Section 10 1 Adjustment and loop test is OK Replace the AMP unit pe Are there any disconnected Fasten the power terminals power terminal Are parameters configured correctly at operating conditions Configure the parameters correctly Is the cable broken LT ER Is K34 VORTEX FREQ 0Hz s the low cut configured correctly Replace the AMP unit Configure the Low cut value correctly Is the TLA value configured Configure the TLA value refer to Section correctly 10 2 Adjustment for Manual Mode Is the density value configured Configure the density value correctly
295. y 2005 2 5 Added a CAUTION about heat insulating material installation 7 8 Revised the formura 7 14 3 9 3 Changed the EMC Conformity Standards No 9 6 Deleted DIN64 and DIN100 Suffix Code BD5 and BD6 10 1 13 Added Applicable Standard No and Certificate No to each Approval body IM 01F06A00 01EN Edition Data Page Revised Item 8th Nov 2005 2 7 Revision Vertical Installation 3 5 Revision 7 4 21 25 Revision 4 24 Revision lt K36 gt 5 15 H27 Revision 5 16 J10 J20 Revision 8 2 Revision 9 5 Revision of specification 9 6 Revision of specification 9 7 Revision of specification 9 8 Revision of specification 9 10 Table 9 4 3 Revision 9 11 Revision of specification 9 12 Revision of specification 9 14 Table 9 5 1 Revision 9 19 Tables Revision 9 20 Tables Revision 9 22 Tables Revision 9 23 Tables Revision 9 24 Revision 9th May 2006 2 2 Revision 2 3 Add a note to Valve position T type pipe exist and Heat Insulation 3 4 Revision Figure 3 6 4 9 Revision Figure 4 5 5 1 Add a IMPORTANT to 5 2 5 5 Add Data Range to E20 5 13 Add descriptions to E20 5 14 Add a IMPORTANT to lt F52 gt 7 2 Revision figures 7 3 Revision figures 7 5 Revision figures Chap 9 Revision Added optional items etc 10th Nov 2006 2 2 Add discviptions of R2 4 14 Delete 4 6 2 5 13 Delete a note 7 1 Add to CAUTION 7 4 Add to CAUTION 9 5 Revisions 9 6 Add R2 9 7 A

User`s Manual Model DY Vortex Flowmeter (Integral

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents